<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<?db.chunk.max_depth 3?><book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" version="5.0" xml:id="index" xml:lang="en" lang="hr">
  <title lang="en">Desktop User Guide</title>
  <info>
    <abstract>
      <para lang="en">The MATE User Guide is a collection of documentation which details general use of the
      MATE Desktop environment.  Topics covered include sessions, panels, menus, file management,
      and preferences.</para>
    </abstract>
    <copyright lang="en">
      <year>2015-2020</year>
      <holder>MATE Documentation Project</holder>
    </copyright>
    <copyright lang="en">
      <year>2005</year>
      <holder>Shaun McCance</holder>
    </copyright>
    <copyright><year>2004</year> <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder></copyright>
    <copyright><year>2003</year> <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder></copyright>

    <publisher role="maintainer">
      <publishername>MATE dokumentacijski projekt</publishername>
    </publisher>

    <legalnotice xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="legalnotice" xml:lang="en">
	<para lang="en">
	  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	  document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
	  License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published
	  by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,
	  no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.  You can find
	  a copy of the GFDL at this <link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl-1.1.html">link</link> or in the file COPYING-DOCS
	  distributed with this manual.
         </para>
         <para lang="en"> This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals
          distributed under the GFDL.  If you want to distribute this
          manual separately from the collection, you can do so by
          adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in
          section 6 of the license.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their
	  products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those
	  names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of
	  the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those
	  trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial
	  capital letters.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED
	  UNDER  THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
	  WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:

	  <orderedlist>
		<listitem>
		  <para lang="en">DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
                    WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
                    IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
                    THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
                    DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
                    A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
                    RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
                    OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
                    DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
                    MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
                    YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
                    CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
                    SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
                    OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
                    LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
                    VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
                    EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
		  </para>
		</listitem>
		<listitem>
		  <para lang="en">UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
                       THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
                       CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
                       INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
                       DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
                       OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
                       PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
                       DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
                       CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
                       INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
                       OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
                       MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
                       LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
                       DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
                       EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
                       THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	  </orderedlist>
	</para>
        <formalpara>
            <title>Povratne informacije</title>
            <para lang="en">To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the MATE Desktop or this manual, follow the directions in the <link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/feedback">MATE Feedback Page</link>.</para>
        </formalpara>
</legalnotice>

    <authorgroup>
        <author><orgname>MATE dokumentacijski projekt</orgname> <affiliation> <orgname>MATE radno okruženje</orgname> </affiliation></author>
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Wolfgang</firstname>
                <surname>Ulbrich</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>Dark Side of the Moon</orgname>
            </affiliation>
        </author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Sun</firstname> <surname>GNOME dokumentacijski tim</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>Sun Microsystems</orgname> </affiliation></author>
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Shaun</firstname>
                <surname>McCance</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>shaunm@gnome.org</email>
        </author>
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <surname>Karderio</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>karderio@gmail.com</email>
        </author>
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Joachim</firstname>
                <surname>Noreiko</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>jnoreiko@yahoo.com</email>
        </author>
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Daniel</firstname>
                <surname>Espinosa Ortiz</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>esodan@gmail.com</email>
        </author>      
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Brent</firstname>
                <surname>Smith</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>mate@nextreality.net</email>
        </author>
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Tim</firstname>
                <surname>Littlemore</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>tim@tjl2.com</email>
        </author>      
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>John</firstname>
                <surname>Stowers</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>john.stowers@gmail.com</email>
        </author>
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Nigel</firstname>
                <surname>Tao</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>nigel.tao@myrealbox.com</email>
        </author>      
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Matthew</firstname>
                <surname>East</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>Ubuntu Documentation Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>mdke@ubuntu.com</email>
        </author>
        <author lang="en">
            <personname>
                <firstname>Carlos</firstname>
                <surname>Garnacho Parro</surname>
            </personname>
            <affiliation>
                <orgname>GNOME Project</orgname>
            </affiliation>
            <email>carlosg@gnome.org</email>
        </author>
    </authorgroup>
	  
	 <releaseinfo revision="2.15" role="review">
     </releaseinfo>

    <revhistory>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>2.15</revnumber>
        <date>2015-07-01</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Wolfgang Ulbrich</para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">MATE Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>2.14</revnumber>
        <date>2006-02-03</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Karderio</para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>2.10</revnumber>
        <date>2005-03-08</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Shaun McCance</para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>2.8</revnumber>
        <date>September 2004</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>2.7</revnumber>
        <date>September 2003</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>2.6</revnumber>
        <date>August 2003</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>2.5</revnumber>
        <date>March 2003</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.4</revnumber> <date>Siječanj 2003</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME dokumentacijski projekt</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.3</revnumber> <date>Listopad 2002</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME dokumentacijski projekt</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.2</revnumber> <date>Kolovoz 2002</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME dokumentacijski projekt</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>2.1</revnumber>
        <date>August 2002</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>1.0</revnumber>
        <date>May 2002</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
    </revhistory>

    <releaseinfo lang="en">This manual describes version 1.22 of the MATE desktop.</releaseinfo>

  </info>

  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="basic-skills" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Basic Skills</title></info>

<!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
<anchor xml:id="part1-1"/>
<anchor xml:id="gosbasic-1"/>
<anchor xml:id="gosbasic-46"/> <!-- was Using Windows -->

<highlights>
  <para lang="en">This chapter introduces you to the basic skills that you
  need to work with the MATE Desktop.</para>
</highlights>

<section xml:id="mouse-skills"><info><title lang="en">Mouse Skills</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-2"/>

  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>basic skills</primary>
    <secondary>mouse skills</secondary>
  </indexterm>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>mouse</primary>
    <secondary>basic skills</secondary>
  </indexterm>
  
  <!-- Notes for future development of the mouse section
  Contents list:
  * buttons
  * click, drag, etc
  * what you actually do with those: the concept of focus, selection, etc. 
    basically, an introduction to the 'noun, verb' grammar of GUIs
  * pointers
  -->

  <para lang="en">
        This section describes what the mouse buttons do, and what the different pointers mean.
  </para>

    <para lang="en">A mouse is a pointing device that lets you move the mouse pointer on the screen. The mouse pointer is usually
a small arrow with which you point to objects on your screen. Pressing a mouse button will perform a particular
action on the object over which your mouse pointer is situated, depending on which button you press.
    </para>

  <section xml:id="mouse-conventions"><info><title lang="en">Mouse Button Conventions</title><titleabbrev>Dugmad</titleabbrev></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-44"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>mouse</primary>
      <secondary>button conventions</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">The instructions in this manual are for three buttoned, right-handed mouse devices, the most common type.
        If you use another type of mouse or pointing device, you should take care to locate the corresponding buttons on your mouse.  If you use a left-handed mouse,
        see the paragraph on setting mouse orientation below.
    </para>

        <note><para lang="en">If you set your mouse device to be left-handed, you should reverse the mouse button
        conventions used in this manual. This is normally also implied in most documentation and in many
        applications.</para></note>

    <para lang="en">Some mice lack a middle button. If you have a two-button mouse device,
    then your system may be configured to use <firstterm>chording</firstterm> to allow middle button simulation. If chording is activated,
    you press the left and right mouse buttons simultaneously, to simulate the 
    the middle mouse button. A middle mouse button is by no means necessary to use MATE.</para>

    <para lang="en">The mouse button conventions used in this manual are as
    follows:</para>
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Left mouse button</term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">The button on the left side of a mouse device. This is the main mouse button, used for selecting,
        activating, pressing buttons etc... When you are told to "click" it is implied that you should click with the left button,
        unless specifically stated.
        </para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Middle mouse button</term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">The middle button of a mouse device.  On many mice with a scroll wheel,
        the scroll wheel can be pushed down for a middle mouse
        button click.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Right mouse button</term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">The button on the right side of a mouse device. Often, this button displays
        a context menu for the object under the pointer.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>

    <para lang="en">Use <application>Mouse Preferences</application> to reverse the orientation of your mouse device. You will then need to reverse the mouse button conventions used in this manual and other MATE documentation.
    See <xref linkend="prefs-mouse"/> for more information about setting
    your mouse preferences.</para>

  </section>

  <section xml:id="mouse-actions"><info><title lang="en">Mouse Actions</title><titleabbrev>Akcije</titleabbrev></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-45"/>
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-6"/>
    
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>mouse</primary>
      <secondary>action conventions</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>mouse</primary>
      <secondary>action terminology</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    
    <para lang="en">The following conventions are used in this manual to describe actions
    that you take with the mouse: </para>
    
    <!-- convert to variablelist -->
    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para>Radnja</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para lang="en">Definition</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Click</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Press and release the left mouse button,
              without moving the mouse.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Left-click</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Same as <emphasis>click</emphasis>.
              The term 'left-click' is used where there might be
              confusion with <emphasis>right-click</emphasis>.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Middle-click</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Press and release the middle mouse button,
              without moving the mouse.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Right-click</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Press and release the right mouse button,
              without moving the mouse.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Double-click</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Press and release the left mouse button twice
              in rapid succession without moving the mouse.  You
              can configure the sensitivity to double-clicks by changing the
              <emphasis>Double-click Timeout</emphasis> setting: 
              see <xref linkend="prefs-mouse"/> for more information.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Click-and-drag</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Press and do not release the
              left mouse button, 
              and then move the mouse with the button still held down,
              and finally release the button.</para>
                            
              <para lang="en">Dragging with the mouse is used in many different contexts.
              			  

              This moves an object around the screen with the mouse. The 
              object is <emphasis>dropped</emphasis> at the 
              location where the mouse button 
              is released. This action is also called 
              <emphasis>drag-and-drop</emphasis>. Clicking on an element of the interface to
              move it is sometimes called a <emphasis>grab</emphasis>.</para>		  
			  
			                
              <para lang="en">For example, you can change the position of a window by 
              dragging on its title bar, or move a file by dragging its icon 
              from one window and dropping it on another.</para>           
              
              <para lang="en">The left
              mouse buttons is usually used to perform drag actions,
              although the middle mouse button is sometimes used for
              an alternate drag action.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Click-and-hold</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Press and do not release the
              left mouse button.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
    
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>mouse</primary>
      <secondary>actions</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">You can perform the following actions with the mouse:</para>
    
    <!--
    Problem with the word 'action' here, since it's already used
    to describe things like click, drag, etc. Suggestion: tasks?
    -->

    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Left mouse button</term>
        <listitem>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Select text.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Select items.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Drag items.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Activate items.</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>        
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Middle mouse button</term>
        <listitem>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Paste text.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Move items.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Move windows to the back.</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Right mouse button</term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Use the right mouse button to open a context menu for
        an item, if a menu applies.  For most items, you can also use the
        <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
        keyboard shortcut to open the context menu once the item has been
        selected.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>

    <para lang="en">For example, when viewing files in the file manager, you select
    a file by clicking with the left mouse button and open a file by
    double-clicking with the left mouse button.  Clicking with the right
    mouse button will bring up a context menu for that file.</para>

    <tip><para lang="en">In most applications, you can select text with your left
    mouse button and paste it in another application using the middle
    mouse button.  This is called primary selection paste, and works
    separately from your normal clipboard operations.</para></tip>

    <tip><para lang="en">To select more than one item, you can hold the
    <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key to select multiple items, or
    hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to select a contiguous
    range of items. You can also drag a <firstterm>bounding box</firstterm>
    to select several items by starting the drag in the empty space around items
    and dragging out a rectangle.
    <!-- yeah, this is a rubbish explanation. --></para></tip>

  </section>

  <section xml:id="mouse-pointers"><info><title lang="en">Mouse Pointers</title><titleabbrev lang="en">Pointers</titleabbrev></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-7"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>mouse</primary>
      <secondary>pointers</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>pointers</primary>
      <see>mouse pointers</see>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">As you use the mouse, the appearance of the mouse pointer can
    change. The appearance of the pointer provides feedback about a
    particular operation, location, or state.</para>

   <para lang="en">The following mouse pointers are shown as your mouse passes over 
   different elements of the screen:</para>
   
   <note><para lang="en">Your mouse pointers will differ from those shown here if you are using a different pointer theme. Your distributor or vendor may have set a different default theme.</para></note>
   
   <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/normal_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Normal pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Normal pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer appears during normal use of
        the mouse.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/busy_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Busy pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Busy pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer appears over a window that is busy performing a task. You cannot use the mouse to give this window any input, but you can move to another window and work with that.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>      
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/resize_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Resize pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Resize pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer indicates that you can grab the control to
        resize parts of the interface. This appears over the borders of windows
        and over resize handles between panes in a window.  The direction of the arrows
        indicates in which direction you can resize.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/hyperlink_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Hand pointer</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Hand pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer appears when you hover over a
        <glossterm>hypertext link</glossterm>, in a web page for example.
        This pointer indicates that you can click on the link to load
        a new document or perform an action.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>      
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/ibeam_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>I-beam pointer</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          I-beam pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer is shown when the mouse is over text that you can
        select or edit. Click to place the cursor where you want to type text, or drag to select text.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>      
    </variablelist>      
      
   <para lang="en">The following mouse pointers are shown when dragging an item such as a file, or a piece of text. 
   They indicate the result of releasing the mouse button to drop the 
   object being moved.</para>      
      
    <variablelist>      
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/move_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Move pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Move pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer indicates that when you drop the object,
        the object is moved from
        the old location to the new location.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/copy_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Copy pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Copy pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer indicates that when you drop the object, 
        a copy of the object is
        created where you drop it.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/link_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Symbolic link pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Symbolic link pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer 
        indicates that when you drop the object, a <firstterm>symbolic
        link</firstterm> to the object is created where you drop the object.
        A symbolic link is a special type of file that points to another file
        or folder. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-symlink"/>.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/ask_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Ask pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Ask pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer 
        indicates that when you drop the object, you will be given a choice of what to do. A menu will open to allow you to choose which operation you would like to perform.
        For instance, you may be able to move, copy, or
        create a symbolic link.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/not_available_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Not available pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Not available pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer indicates that you cannot 
        drop the object at the current location. Releasing the mouse button now will have no effect: the dragged object will be returned to its starting location.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Move panel object pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Move panel object pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer appears when you drag a panel or a panel object
        with the middle mouse button.
        See <xref linkend="panels"/> for more information on panels.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/movewindow_pointer.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Move window pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </inlinemediaobject>
          Move window pointer
        </term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">This pointer appears when you drag a window to move it.
        See <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/> for more information on moving windows.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>
  </section>
</section>

<section xml:id="keyboard-skills"><info><title lang="en">Keyboard Skills</title></info>
  

  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-51"/>

  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>basic skills</primary>
    <secondary>keyboard skills</secondary>
  </indexterm>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>keyboard</primary>
    <secondary>basic skills</secondary>
  </indexterm>

  <para lang="en">For almost every task that you can perform with the mouse, you can use
  the keyboard to perform the same task.  <firstterm>Shortcut keys</firstterm>
  are keys that provide you with a quick way to perform a task.</para>

  <para lang="en">You can use shortcut keys to perform general MATE Desktop tasks and
  to work with interface items such as panels and windows. You can also use
  shortcut keys in applications. To customize your shortcut keys, use the
  <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool.  See
  <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/> for more information about
  configuring keyboard shortcuts.</para>

  <note><para lang="en">Many PC keyboards come with two special keys for the Windows operating system: a key with a Microsoft Windows™ logo and a key for accessing context menus.</para>
  <para lang="en">In MATE, the Windows key is often configured to
  act as an additional modifier key, called the <firstterm>Super key</firstterm>.
  The context menu key can be used to access the context menu of the selected
  item, just as the <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
  keyboard shortcut can.</para></note>

  <para lang="en">You can also modify the MATE Desktop preferences to use keyboard
  accessibility features.  See <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"/> for
  more information about the keyboard accessibility features.</para>

  <para lang="en">The following sections describe the shortcut keys that you can use
  throughout the desktop and applications.</para>

  <section xml:id="shortcuts-global"><info><title lang="en">Global Shortcut Keys</title></info>
    

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-62"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>shortcut keys</primary>
      <secondary>global</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">Global shortcut keys enable you to use the keyboard to perform tasks
    related to your desktop, rather than tasks on the currently selected window
    or application.  The following table lists some global shortcut keys:</para>

    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para lang="en">Shortcut Key</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para lang="en">Function</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Open the <guimenu>Applications Menu</guimenu>.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Display the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel>
              dialog.  See <xref linkend="tools-run-app"/> for more
              information.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <keycap>Print Screen</keycap>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Take a screenshot of the entire desktop.  See
              <xref linkend="tools-screenshot"/> for more information.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Print Screen</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Take a screenshot of the currently focused window.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
                <keycap>Arrow keys</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Switch to the workspace to the specified direction of the
              current workspace.  See <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/> for
              more information on working with multiple workspaces.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
                <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Minimize all windows and give focus to the desktop.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Switch between windows.  A list of windows that you can
              select is displayed. Release the keys to select a window.  You
              can press the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to cycle through the
              windows in reverse order.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
                <keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Switch the focus between the panels and the desktop.
              A list of items that you can select is displayed.  Release the
              keys to select an item.  You can press the <keycap>Shift</keycap>
              key to cycle through the items in reverse order.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="shortcuts-window"><info><title lang="en">Window Shortcut Keys</title></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-58"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>shortcut keys</primary>
      <secondary>window</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">Window shortcut keys allow you to use the keyboard to perform
    tasks on the currently focused window.  The following table lists
    some window shortcut keys:</para>

    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para lang="en">Shortcut Key</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para lang="en">Function</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Switch between windows.  A list of windows that you can
              select is displayed. Release the keys to select a window.  You
              can press the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to cycle through the
              windows in reverse order.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Close the currently focused window.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Unmaximize the current window, if it is maximized.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Move the currently focused window.  After pressing this
              shortcut, you can move the window using either the mouse or
              the arrow keys.  To finish the move, click the mouse or press
              any key on the keyboard.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Resize the currently focused window.  After pressing this
              shortcut, you can resize the window using either the mouse or
              the arrow keys.  To finish resizing, click the mouse or press
              any key on the keyboard.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Minimize the current window.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Maximize the current window.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>spacebar</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Open the window menu for the currently selected window.  The
              window menu allows you to perform actions on the window, such as
              minimizing, moving between workspaces, and closing.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
                <keycap>Arrow keys</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Move the current window to another workspace in the
              specified direction.  See <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>
              for more information on working with multiple workspaces.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="shortcuts-apps"><info><title lang="en">Application Keys</title></info>
    

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-59"/>
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-61"/> <!-- was Panel Shortcut Keys -->

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>shortcut keys</primary>
      <secondary>application</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">Application shortcut keys enable you to perform application
    tasks. You can use shortcut keys to perform application tasks more
    quickly than if you use a mouse. The following table lists some
    common application shortcut keys:</para>

    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="45.00*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="55.00*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para lang="en">Shortcut Key</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>Radnja</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Create a new document or window.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Cut the selected text or region and place it on
              the clipboard.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Paste the contents of the clipboard.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Z</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1">
              <para lang="en">Undo the last action.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1">
              <para lang="en">Save the current document to disk.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0">
              <para lang="en"><keycap>F1</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1">
              <para lang="en">Load the online help document for the application.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <para lang="en">In addition to these shortcut keys, all applications support a set
    of keys to navigate and work with the user interface.  These keys allow
    you to perform operations that you might normally perform with a mouse.
    The following table describes some interface control keys:</para>

    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="45.00*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="55.00*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para lang="en">Keys</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>Radnja</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Arrow keys or <keycap>Tab</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Move between controls in the interface or items
              in a list.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycap>Enter</keycap> or <keycap>spacebar</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Activate or choose the selected item.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycap>F10</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Activate the left-most menu of the application window.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycombo>
                <keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap>
              </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Activate the context menu for the selected item.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en"><keycap>Esc</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Close a menu without selecting a menu item,
              or cancel a drag operation.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="shortcuts-access"><info><title lang="en">Access Keys</title></info>
    

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-63"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>access keys</primary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">A <firstterm>menubar</firstterm> is a bar at the top of a window that
    contains the menus for the application.  An <firstterm>access key</firstterm>
    is an underlined letter in a menubar, menu, or dialog that you can use to
    perform an action.  On a menubar, the access key for each menu is
    underlined.</para>

    <para lang="en">To open a menu, hold the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key, then press the
    access key.  In the menu, the access key for each menu item is underlined.
    To choose a menu item when a menu is displayed, you can simply press the
    access key for the menu item.</para>

    <para lang="en">For example, to open a new window in the <application>Help</application>
    application, press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
    to open the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, then press <keycap>N</keycap> to
    activate the <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem> menu item.</para>

    <para lang="en">You can also use access keys to access elements in a dialog.  In a dialog,
    one letter in most dialog elements is underlined. To access a particular dialog
    element, hold <keycap>Alt</keycap>, then press the access key.</para>
  </section>
</section>

</chapter>       <!-- Basic skills -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="overview" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Desktop Overview</title></info>

<!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
<anchor xml:id="gosoverview-1"/>

<!-- MOVE THESE ANCHORS -->
<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More -->
<anchor xml:id="gosoverview-12"/>
<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About MATE Desktop Topics -->
<anchor xml:id="gosoverview-31"/>
<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About Applets -->
<anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-33"/>
<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About Applications -->
<anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-35"/>

<highlights>
  <para lang="en">This chapter introduces you to some of the very basic components of the desktop. These components include <glossterm>Windows</glossterm>, <glossterm>Workspaces</glossterm>, and <glossterm>Applications</glossterm>. Almost all the work (or play) that you do in MATE will involve these very basic components.</para>
  
  <note>
  <para lang="en">This chapter describes the default configuration of MATE.
  Your vendor or system administrator may have configured your
  desktop to look different from what is described here.</para>
  </note>
</highlights>

<section xml:id="overview-intro"><info><title>Uvod</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-5"/>

  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>MATE Desktop components, introducing</primary>
  </indexterm>

  <para lang="en">When you start a desktop session for the first time,
  you should see a default startup screen, with panels, windows,
  and various icons.</para>
  
  <para lang="en">The major components of the MATE Desktop are as follows:</para>

  <variablelist>
    <varlistentry>
      <term>Radna površina</term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The desktop itself is behind all the other components on the
      desktop.  You can place objects on the desktop to access your files and
      directories quickly, or to start applications that you use often.  See
      <xref linkend="overview-desktop"/> for more information.</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>  
    <varlistentry>
      <term>Ploče</term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The <firstterm>panels</firstterm> are the two bars that run along the top and bottom of the screen. By default, the top panel shows you the MATE Classic Menu, the date and time, and a set of application launcher icons, and the bottom panel shows you the list of open windows and the workspace switcher.</para>
      <para lang="en">Panels can be customized to contain a variety of tools, such as other menus and launchers, and small utility applications, called
      <firstterm>panel applets</firstterm>. For example, you can configure
      your panel to display the current weather for your location.  For more
      information on panels, see <xref linkend="panels"/>.</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term>Prozori</term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Most applications run inside of one or more windows.
      You can display multiple windows on your desktop at the same time.
      Windows can be resized and moved around to accommodate your workflow.
      Each window has a <firstterm>titlebar</firstterm> at the top with
      buttons which allow you to minimize, maximize, and close the window.
      For more information on working with windows, see
      <xref linkend="overview-windows"/>.</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term>Radni prostori</term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">You can subdivide your desktop into separate
      <firstterm>workspaces</firstterm>.  Each workspace can contain
      several windows, allowing you to group related tasks together.
      For more information on working with workspaces, see
      <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>.</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term>Datotečni upravitelj</term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The <application>Caja</application> file manager
      provides access to your files, folders, and applications.  You can
      manage the contents of folders in the file manager and open the files
      in the appropriate applications.  See <xref linkend="caja"/> for
      more information.</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term>Nadzorno središte</term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">You can customize your computer using the 
      <application>Control Center</application>, which can be found in the 
      <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu on the top panel menubar. 
      Each preference tool in the Control Center allows you to change
      a particular part of the behavior of your computer. See 
      <xref linkend="prefs"/> for more information on the 
      Control Center.</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
  </variablelist>

  <para lang="en">Your vendor or system administrator can make configuration changes to
  suit your needs, so your desktop might not match exactly what is described
  in this manual.  Nevertheless, this manual provides a useful introduction
  to using the various components of your desktop.</para>
</section>

<section xml:id="overview-desktop"><info><title lang="en">The Desktop</title></info>
  <anchor xml:id="caja-desktop"/>
  
  <para lang="en">The desktop lies behind all other components on your screen. When no windows are visible, the desktop is that part of the screen between the top and bottom panels. You can place files and folders on the desktop that you want to have easy access to.</para>
  <para lang="en">The desktop also has several special objects on it:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">The <interface lang="en">Computer</interface> icon gives you access to CDs, removable media such as floppy disks, and also the entire filesystem (also known as the root filesystem). By default, you do not have the security permissions to read other users' files or edit system files, but you may need to do so something such as configure a web server on the computer.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">Your Home Folder, labeled <interface lang="en"><replaceable>username</replaceable>'s Home</interface><!-- translators, change this example as required for your locale -->, where all of your personal files are kept. You can also open this folder from the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">The <interface lang="en">Trash</interface> is a special folder in which to place files and folders you no longer need. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-trash"/>.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">When you insert a CD, a flash drive, or other removable media, or a device containing files such as a music player or a digital camera, an icon representing this device will appear on the desktop.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <para lang="en">As you work with your computer, the desktop becomes obscured by the windows you are working with. To quickly reveal the desktop by minimizing all windows, you can do one of the following:</para>
    
    <itemizedlist>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button at the far left of the <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/>.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
 
    <para lang="en">Either action will also restore your windows to their previous state. Alternatively, you can switch to another workspace to see the desktop.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">You can change the color of the desktop background or the image displayed there. For more on this, see <xref linkend="prefs-desktopbackground"/>.</para>

    <note><para lang="en">The files and folders you put on the desktop are stored in a special folder within your Home Folder, called <filename>Desktop</filename>. Like any other folder, you can put files and other folders directly into it. The only difference is that anything placed into the Desktop folder will then show up on desktop itself.</para></note>
  
</section>

<section xml:id="overview-windows"><info><title>Prozori</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-18"/>

  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>windows</primary>
    <secondary>overview</secondary>
  </indexterm>

  <para lang="en">A <firstterm>window</firstterm> is a rectangular area of the screen, usually with a border all around and a title bar at the top. You can think of a window as a screen within the screen. Each window displays an application, allowing you to have more than one application visible, and work on more than one task at a time. You can also think of windows as pieces of paper on your desktop: they can overlap, or be side by side, for example.</para>
  
  <para lang="en">You can control a window's position of the screen, as well as its size. You can control which windows overlap other windows, so the one you want to work with is completely visible. For more about moving and resizing windows, see <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/>.</para>
  
  <para lang="en">Each window is not necessarily a different application. An application usually has one main window, and may open additional windows at the request of the user.</para>

  <para lang="en">The rest of this section describes the different types of windows and how you
  can interact with them.</para>

  <section xml:id="windows-types"><info><title lang="en">Types of Windows</title></info>
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-16"/>

    <para lang="en">There are two main types of window:</para>
    
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Application windows</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Application windows allow all minimize, 
            maximize and close operations through the buttons on the titlebar. 
            When opening an application you will usually see a 
            window of this type appear.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Dialog windows</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Dialog windows appear at the request of an application window. A dialog window may alert you to a problem, ask for confirmation of an action, or request input from you.</para>
            
            <para lang="en">For example, if you tell an application to save a document, a dialog will ask you where you want to save the new file. If you tell an application to quit while it is still busy, it may ask you to confirm that you want it to abandon work in progress.</para>
            
            <para lang="en">Some dialogs do not allow you to interact with the main application window until you have closed them: these are called <firstterm>modal</firstterm> dialogs. Others can be left open while you work with the main application window: these are called <firstterm>transient</firstterm> dialogs.</para>
            
            <tip><para lang="en">You can select the text in a dialog with the mouse. This allows you to copy it to the clipboard (by right-clicking the text and selecting <guilabel>Copy</guilabel>), and paste it into another application. This is useful if you wish to quote the text you see in a dialog when requesting support on the Internet.</para></tip>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="windows-manipulating"><info><title lang="en">Manipulating Windows</title></info>

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-32"/>

    <para lang="en">You can change the size and position of windows on the screen. This allows you to see more than one application and do different tasks at the same time. For example, you might want to read text on a web page while writing with a word processor, or to change to another application to do a different task or check its progress.</para> 
    
    <para lang="en">You can <firstterm>minimize</firstterm> a window if you are not currently interested in seeing it. This hides it from view. You can <firstterm>maximize</firstterm> a window to fill the whole screen so you can give it your full attention.</para> 
    
    <para lang="en"><anchor xml:id="gosoverview-FIG-33"/>Most of these actions are carried out by using the mouse on different parts of the window's frame (see <xref linkend="mouse-actions"/> for a recap of using the mouse). The top edge of the window frame, called the <firstterm>titlebar</firstterm> because it also displays the title of the window, contains several buttons that change the way the window is displayed.</para>
    <para lang="en"><xref linkend="fig-titlebar-anno-window"/> shows the titlebar for a typical application window. From left to right, this contains the Window Menu button, the window title, the minimize button, the maximize button, and the close button.</para>
    
    <figure xml:id="fig-titlebar-anno-window"><info><title lang="en">Titlebar for a Typical Application Window</title></info>
      
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/titlebar_window.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Titlebar of application window frame.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">All actions can also be carried out from the Window Menu. To open this, click on the Window Menu button at the left-hand edge of the titlebar. Common actions can also be carried out with keyboard shortcuts: see <xref linkend="shortcuts-window"/> for a simple list of these. The following lists the actions you can carry out on a window, with the mouse or the keyboard:</para>

   <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Move the window</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Drag the titlebar to move the window. You can click on any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end to begin the drag action. The window will move on the screen as you drag the mouse. On less powerful computers, the movement of the window may be represented by moving an outline of its frame.</para>
            
            <para lang="en">You can also choose Move from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo>, and then either move the mouse or press the keyboard arrow keys to move the window.</para>
            
            <para lang="en">You can also press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap> and drag any part of the window.</para>            
            
            <para lang="en">As you move the window, some parts of the screen will give slight resistance to movement. This is to help you align windows more easily to the edges of the desktop, the panels, and the edges of other windows.</para>
            
            <para lang="en">You can also press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> while you move the window to cause it to only move between the corners of the desktop and other windows.</para>
            
           <tip><para lang="en">If the <keycap>Num Lock</keycap> key is off, you can use the arrows on the numeric keypad, as well as the <keycap>7</keycap>, <keycap>9</keycap>, <keycap>1</keycap>, and <keycap>3</keycap> keys to move diagonally.</para></tip>            
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Resize the window</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Drag one of the borders to expand or contract the window on that side. Drag a corner to change two sides at once. The resize pointer (see <xref linkend="mouse-pointers"/>) appears when your mouse is in the correct position to begin the drag action.</para>

            <para lang="en">You can also choose Resize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo>. The resize pointer appears. Move the mouse in the direction of the edge you want to resize, or press one of the keyboard arrows keys. The pointer changes to indicate the chosen edge. Now you can use the mouse or the arrow keys to move this edge of the window. Click the mouse or press <keycap>Return</keycap> to accept the change. Press <keycap>Escape</keycap> to cancel the resize action and return the window to its original size and shape.</para> 
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Minimize the window</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click on the Minimize button in the titlebar, the leftmost of the group of three on the right. This removes the window from view. The window can be restored to its previous position and size on the screen from the <firstterm>window list</firstterm> on the <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/> or the <firstterm>window selector</firstterm> in the top panel.</para>
            
            <para lang="en">You can also choose Minimize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap>
            </keycombo>.</para>  
            
            <tip>
            <para lang="en">A minimized window is shown in the window list and the window selector
            with [ ] around its title.</para>
            </tip>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Maximize the window</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click on the Maximize button in the titlebar, the middle of the group of three on the right. This expands the window so it fills the screen (the panels remain visible).</para>
            <para lang="en">You can also choose Maximize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>, or double-click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end.</para>

            <tip>
            <para lang="en">If you prefer, you can assign the double-click action to <firstterm>roll up</firstterm> the window: see <xref linkend="prefs-windows"/>.</para>
            </tip>            
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>    
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Unmaximize the window</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">When a window is maximized, click again on the Maximize button to restore it to its previous position and size on the screen.</para>

            <para lang="en">You can also choose Unmaximize from the Window Menu, press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo>, or double-click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>          
      <varlistentry>
        <term>Zatvori prozor</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click the Close button, the rightmost of the group of three on the right. Closing the window may also close the application itself. The application will ask you to confirm closing a window that contains unsaved work.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>                        
    </variablelist>

  </section>

    <section xml:id="windows-focus"><info><title lang="en">Giving Focus to a Window</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-20"/>       
      <para lang="en">To work with an application, you need to give the <firstterm>focus</firstterm> to its window. When a window has focus, any actions such as mouse clicks, typing text, or keyboard shortcuts, are directed to the application in that window. Only one window can have focus at a time. The window that has focus will appear on top of other windows, so nothing covers any part of it. It may also have a different appearance from other windows, depending on your choice of <xref linkend="prefs-theme"/>.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can give the focus to a window in any of the following ways:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
          With the mouse, click on any part of the window, if the window is visible.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
          On the bottom panel, click on the <guibutton>window list button</guibutton> that represents the window in the <application>Window List</application>.
          </para>
        </listitem>        
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
          On the top panel, click the <guibutton>window list icon</guibutton> and choose the window you want to switch to from the list. The <guibutton>window list icon</guibutton> is at the extreme right of the panel, and its icon matches that of the current window's <guibutton>Window Menu button</guibutton>.
          </para>
          <note><para lang="en">
            If the window you choose is on a different workspace, you will be switched to that workspace. For more on workspaces, see <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>.
          </para></note>
          </listitem>    
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
          With the keyboard, hold the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key and press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key. A pop-up window appears with a list of icons representing each window. While still holding <keycap>Alt</keycap>, press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to move the selection along the list: a black rectangle frames the selected icon and the position of the window it corresponds to is highlighted with a black border. When the window you want to see is selected, release the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key. Using <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> instead of just <keycap>Tab</keycap> cycles through the icons in reverse order.      
          </para>
          <note><para lang="en">
            You can customize the shortcut used to perform this action with the <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/> tool.
          </para></note>
        </listitem>      
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="overview-workspaces"><info><title>Radni prostori</title></info>
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-39"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>workspaces</primary>
      <secondary>overview</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Workspaces allow you to manage which windows are on your screen. You can imagine workspaces as being virtual screens, which you can switch between at any time. Every workspace contains the same desktop, the same panels, and the same menus. However, you can run different applications, and open different windows in each workspace. The applications in each workspace will remain there when you switch to other workspaces.</para>

    <para lang="en">By default, four workspaces are available. You can switch between them with the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet at the right of the <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/>. This shows a representation of your workspaces, by default a row of four rectangles. Click on one to switch to that workspace. In <xref linkend="gosoverview-FIG-42"/>, <application>Workspace Switcher</application> contains four workspaces. The first three workspaces contain open windows. The last workspace does not contain currently open windows. The currently active workspace is highlighted.</para>
    
    <figure xml:id="gosoverview-FIG-42"><info><title lang="en">Workspaces Displayed in Workspace Switcher</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Workspace Switcher. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>    
    
     <para lang="en">Each workspace can have any number of applications open in it. The number of workspaces can be customized: see <xref linkend="workspace-add"/>.</para>
     
     <tip><para lang="en">Workspaces enable you to organize the MATE Desktop when you run many
applications at the same time. One way to use workspaces is to allocate a specific function to each workspace: one for email, one for web browsing, one for graphic design, etc. However, everyone has their own preference and you are in no way restricted to only using workspaces like this.</para></tip>
    
    <section xml:id="gosoverview-41"><info><title lang="en">Switching Between Workspaces</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>workspaces</primary>
        <secondary>switching between</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can switch between workspaces in any of the following ways:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">In the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet in the bottom panel, click on the workspace where you want to work.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Move the mouse pointer over the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet in the bottom panel, and scroll the mouse wheel.</para>
        </listitem>        
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>right arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the right of the current
workspace.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the left of the current
workspace.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <note><para lang="en">The arrow shortcut keys work according to how your workspaces are set out in the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet. If you change your panel so workspaces are displayed vertically instead of horizontally, use <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo> and <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch workspaces.</para></note>
    </section>
    <section xml:id="workspace-add"><info><title lang="en">Adding Workspaces</title></info>
      
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-40"/>         
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>workspaces</primary>
        <secondary>specifying number of</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To add workspaces to the MATE Desktop, right-click on the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Workspace Switcher Preferences</guilabel> dialog
is displayed. Use the <guilabel>Number of workspaces</guilabel> spin box to
specify the number of workspaces that you require.</para>
    </section>
  </section>
  
  <section xml:id="overview-applications"><info><title>Aplikacije</title></info>
    
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-54"/>       
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>applications</primary>
      <secondary>overview</secondary>
    </indexterm>
   
    <para lang="en">An <firstterm>application</firstterm> is a type of computer program that allows you to perform a particular task. You might use applications to create text documents such as letters or reports; to work with spreadsheets; to listen to your favorite music; to navigate the Internet; or to create, edit, or view images and videos. For each of these tasks, you would use a different application.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">To launch an application, open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu and choose the application you want from the submenus. For more on this, see <xref linkend="applications-menu"/>.</para>
       
    <para lang="en">The applications that are part of MATE include the following:</para>
    
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:pluma"><application>Pluma Text Editor</application></link> can read, create, or modify any kind of simple text without any formatting.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:mate-dictionary"><application>Dictionary</application></link> allows you to look up definitions of a word. </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:eom"><application>Image Viewer</application></link> can display single image files, as well as large image collections.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:gucharmap"><application>Character Map</application></link> lets you choose letters and symbols from the <firstterm>Unicode</firstterm> character set and paste them into any application. If you are writing in several languages, not all the characters you need will be on your keyboard.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><application>Caja File Manager</application> (see <xref linkend="caja"/>) displays your folders and their contents. Use this to copy, move and classify your files, and to access CDs, USB flash drives, and any other removable media. When you choose an item from the <xref linkend="places-menu"/>, a <application>Caja File Manager</application> window opens showing that location.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:mate-terminal"><application>Terminal</application></link> gives you access to the system command line.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">Further standard MATE applications include games, music and video players, a web browser, software accessibility tools, and utilities to manage your system. Your distributor or vendor may have added other applications, such as a word processor and a graphics editor. They may also provide you with a way to install further applications.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">All MATE applications have many features in common, which makes it easier to learn how to work with a new MATE application. The rest of this section describes some of these features.</para>

    <section xml:id="overview-lookandfeel"><info><title lang="en">Common Features</title></info>
      <para lang="en">The applications that are provided with the MATE Desktop
  share many common features, such as similar open and save dialogs and similar-looking icons. This is because they have all been developed using the MATE development platform. An application developed using this platform is called a <firstterm>MATE-compliant application</firstterm>. For example, <application>Caja</application> and the <application>pluma</application> text editor are MATE-compliant applications.</para>
      <para lang="en">Some features of MATE-compliant applications are as follows:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Consistent look-and-feel</para>
          <para lang="en">MATE-compliant applications have a consistent look-and-feel. You can use the <xref linkend="prefs-theme"/> tool to change the look-and-feel of your MATE-compliant applications.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Menubars, toolbars, and statusbars</para>
          <para lang="en">Most MATE-compliant applications have a menubar, a toolbar, and a statusbar.
  The menubars usually have a similar structure; for example, the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu always
  contains an <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> menu item.</para>
          <para lang="en">A <firstterm>toolbar</firstterm> is a bar that appears under the menubar.
  A toolbar contains buttons for the most commonly-used commands. A <firstterm>statusbar</firstterm> is a bar at the bottom of a window that provides information about the current state of what you are viewing in the window. Applications might also contains other bars. For example, <application>Caja</application> contains a location bar.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Default shortcut keys</para>
          <para lang="en">MATE-compliant applications use the same shortcut keys to perform the
  same actions. See <xref linkend="keyboard-skills"/> for a list of common shortcut keys.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Drag-and-drop</para>
          <para lang="en">When you drag-and-drop something into a MATE-compliant application, 
          it will recognize the format of the items that you dragged and will handle 
          them in an appropriate manner. For example, when you drag an HTML file
  from a <application>Caja</application> window to a web browser, the file
  is displayed in HTML format in the browser. However, when you drag the HTML
  file to a text editor, the file is displayed in plain text format in the text
  editor. </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="overview-files"><info><title lang="en">Working With Files</title></info>
      <para lang="en">The work you do with an application is stored in <firstterm>files</firstterm>. These may be on your computer's hard drive, or on a removable device such as a USB flash drive. You <firstterm>open</firstterm>  a file to examine it or work on it, and you <firstterm>save</firstterm> a file to store your work. When you are done working with a file, you <firstterm>close</firstterm> it.</para>
      <para lang="en">All MATE applications use the same dialogs for opening and saving files, presenting you with a consistent interface. The following sections cover the open and the save dialog in detail.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="filechooser-open"><info><title lang="en">Choosing a File to Open</title></info>
      <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog allows you to choose a file to open in an application.</para>
      <para lang="en">The right-hand pane of the dialog lists files and folders in the current location. You can use the mouse or the arrow keys on your keyboard to select a file.</para>
      <para lang="en">Once a file is selected in the list, perform one of the following actions to open it:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Press <keycap>Spacebar</keycap>.</para></listitem>        
        <listitem><para lang="en">Double-click the file.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>      
      <para lang="en">If you open a folder or a location instead of a file, the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog updates to show the contents of that folder or location.</para>
      
      <para lang="en">To change the location shown in the right-hand pane, do one of the following:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
	      <listitem><para lang="en">Open a folder that is listed in the current location.</para></listitem>
	      <listitem><para lang="en">Open an item in the left-hand pane. This pane lists places such as your Documents folder, your Home Folder, media such as CDs and flash drives, places on your network, and your bookmarks (see <xref linkend="caja-bookmarks"/> for more on bookmarks).</para></listitem>
	      <listitem><para lang="en">Click one of the buttons in the path bar above the file listing pane. This shows the hierarchy of folders that contain your current location. Use the arrow buttons to either side of the button bar if the list of folders is too long to fit.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
      <para lang="en">The lower part of the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog may contain further options specific to the current application.</para>
              
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-filter"><info><title lang="en">Filtering the File List</title></info>
        <para lang="en">You can restrict the file list to show only files of certain types. To do this, choose a file type from the drop-down list beneath the file list pane. The list of file types depends on the application you are currently using. For example, a graphics application will list different image file formats, and a text editor will list different types of text file.</para>
      </section>
      
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-find"><info><title lang="en">Find-as-you-type</title></info>
          <para lang="en">If you know the name of the file you want to open, begin typing it: the file list will jump to show you files whose names begin with the characters you type. Arrow keys will now select from only these files. The characters you have typed appear in a pop-up window at the base of the file list.</para>
          <para lang="en">To cancel find-as-you-type, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>.</para>    
      </section>
      
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-folder"><info><title lang="en">Choosing a folder</title></info>
        <para lang="en">You might sometimes need to choose a folder to work with rather than open a file. For example, if you use <link xlink:href="help:engrampa"><application>Archive Manager</application></link> to extract files from an archive, you need to choose a folder to place the files into. In this case, the files in the current location are greyed out, and pressing <guibutton>Open</guibutton> when a folder is selected will choose that folder.</para>
      </section>      
           
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-location"><info><title>Otvori položaj</title></info>
        <para lang="en">You can type a full or relative path to the file you want to open. Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> or click the button at the top left of the window to show (or hide) the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field. Alternatively, begin typing a full path starting with <filename>/</filename> to show the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field.</para>
        <para lang="en">Type a path from the current location, or an absolute path beginning with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>~/</filename>. The <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field has the following features to simplify the typing of a full filename:</para>
        <itemizedlist>
	        <listitem><para lang="en">A drop-down of possible file and folder names is displayed once you begin typing. Use <keycap>down arrow</keycap> and <keycap>up arrow</keycap> and <keycap>Return</keycap> to choose from the list.</para></listitem>
	        <listitem><para lang="en">If the part of the name typed uniquely identifies a file or folder, the name is auto-completed. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to accept the suggested text. For example, if you type "Do", and the only object in the folder beginning with "Do" is <filename>Documents</filename>, then the entire name appears in the field.</para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </section>
      
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-remote"><info><title lang="en">Opening Remote Locations</title></info>
        <para lang="en">You can open files in remote locations by choosing the location from the left panel, or by typing a path to a remote location into the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field.</para>
        <para lang="en">If you require a password to access the remote location, you will be asked for it when you open it.</para>
      </section> 
                   
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-bookmarks"><info><title lang="en">Adding and Removing Bookmarks</title></info>
        <para lang="en">To add the current location to the bookmarks list, press <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, or right-click a folder in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Add to Bookmarks</guimenuitem>. You can add any folder that is listed in the current location by dragging it to the bookmarks list.</para>
        <para lang="en">To remove a bookmark from the list, select it and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>.</para>
        <note><para lang="en">Changes you make to the bookmarks list also affect the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu. For more on bookmarks, see <xref linkend="caja-bookmarks"/>.</para></note>
      </section>      

      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-hidden"><info><title lang="en">Showing hidden files</title></info>
          <para lang="en">To show hidden files in the file list, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem>. For more on hidden files, see <xref linkend="caja-managing-hidden-files"/>.</para>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="filechooser-save"><info><title lang="en">Saving a File</title></info>
        <para lang="en">The first time you save your work in an application, the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog will ask you for a location and name for the new file. When you save the file on subsequent occasions it will be updated immediately and you will not be asked to re-enter a location or name for the file. To save to a new file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        <para lang="en">You can enter a filename and choose a location to save in from the drop-down list of bookmarks and commonly-used locations.</para>
                          
        <section xml:id="filechooser-save-expanded"><info><title lang="en">Saving in another location</title></info>
          <para lang="en">To save the file in a location not listed in the drop-down list, click the <guilabel>Browse for other folders</guilabel> expansion label. This shows a file browser similar to the one in the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog.</para>
          <tip><para lang="en">The expanded <guilabel>Save File</guilabel> dialog has the same features as the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend="filechooser-open"/>), such as filtering, find-as-you-type, and adding and removing bookmarks.</para></tip>
        </section>   
        
        <section xml:id="filechooser-save-overwrite"><info><title lang="en">Replacing an existing file</title></info>
          <para lang="en">If you type in the name of an existing file, you will be asked whether you wish to replace the existing file with your current work. You can also do this by choosing the file you want to overwrite in the browser.</para>
        </section>         
               
        <section xml:id="filechooser-save-path"><info><title lang="en">Typing a Path</title></info>
          <para lang="en">To specify a path to save a file, type it into the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. A drop-down of possible file and folder names is displayed once you begin typing. Use <keycap>down arrow</keycap> and <keycap>up arrow</keycap> and <keycap>Return</keycap> to choose from the list. If only one file or folder matches the partial name you have typed, press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to complete the name.</para>       
        </section>
        
        <section xml:id="filechooser-save-newfolder"><info><title lang="en">Creating a New Folder</title></info>
          <para lang="en">If you would like to create a new folder to save your file in, press the <guibutton>Create Folder</guibutton> button. Type a name for the new folder and press <keycap>Return</keycap>. You can then choose to save your file in the new folder, as you would with any other folder.</para>
        </section>
    </section>
  </section>
</chapter>    <!-- Overview -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="sessions" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Desktop Sessions</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-1"/>

  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">This chapter provides the information you need to log in to and shut down MATE, and to start, manage, and end a desktop session.</para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="gosgetstarted-69"><info><title lang="en">Starting a Session</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>starting</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">A <firstterm>session</firstterm> is the period you spend using MATE, between logging in and logging out. During a session, you use your applications, print, browse the web, and so on.</para>
    <para lang="en">Logging in to MATE begins your session. The login screen is your gateway to the MATE Desktop: it is where you enter your username and password and select options such as the language you want MATE to use for your session.</para>
    <tip><para lang="en">
    Normally, logging out ends the session, but you can choose to save the state of your session and restore it next time you use MATE: see <xref linkend="gosstartsession-2"/>.</para></tip>
    
    <!--
    2.14 has moved all this out of the standard dialogs.
    
    The session manager saves and restores the following: 
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>The appearance and behavior settings, for example fonts, colors,
and mouse settings. </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>The applications that you were running, for example file manager
and text editor windows. You cannot save and restore applications that the
session manager does not manage. For example, if you start the <application>vi</application> editor from the command line in a terminal window, session
manager cannot restore your editing session. </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    -->
    
    
    <section xml:id="gosstartsession-85"><info><title lang="en">Logging in to MATE</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>sessions</primary>
        <secondary>logging in</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>logging in</primary>
        <secondary>to session</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>start session</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To log in to a session, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Session</guilabel>
icon. Choose the MATE Desktop from the list of available desktop environments. 
Most users will not need to perform this step, as MATE is usually the default 
desktop environment already.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Enter your username in the <guilabel>Username</guilabel> field
on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Enter your password in the <guilabel>Password</guilabel> field
on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para lang="en">When you log in successfully, MATE will take a short amount of time to start up. When it is ready, you will see the Desktop and you can begin using your computer.</para>
      <para lang="en">The first time you log in, the session manager starts a new
session. If you have logged in before and saved the settings for the previous 
session when you logged out, then the session manager restores your
previous session.</para>
      <para lang="en">If you want to shut down or restart the system before you log in, click
on the <guilabel>System</guilabel> icon on the login screen. A dialog is displayed.
Select the option that you require, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
      <para lang="en">Your system distributor or vendor may have altered the login screen 
      so that it no longer has a <guilabel>System</guilabel> icon. In this case, 
      the option to shut down the computer may be found by clicking the 
      <guilabel>Other</guilabel> icon, or by clicking a separate 
      <guibutton>Shut Down</guibutton> button.</para>
<!--What about failsafe mate?-->
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gosstartsession-86"><info><title lang="en">Using a Different Language</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>sessions</primary>
        <secondary>different language, logging
in</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>language, logging in in different</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>logging in</primary>
        <secondary>to session in different language</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To log in to
a session in a different language, perform the following actions.</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Language</guilabel>
icon. Choose the language you require from the list of available languages.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Enter your username in the <guilabel>Username</guilabel> field
on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Enter your password in the <guilabel>Password</guilabel> field
on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">When you log in to a session in a different language, you are changing 
the language for the user interface but are not changing the keyboard layout. 
To choose a different keyboard layout, use the 
<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> applet.</para>
      </note>
      <tip>
        <para lang="en">Your system distributor or vendor may have altered the login 
        screen so that it no longer has a <guilabel>Language</guilabel> icon. 
        In this case, the option to change the session's language may be found by clicking the <guilabel>Other</guilabel> icon.</para>
      </tip>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="lock-screen"><info><title lang="en">Locking Your Screen</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosstartsession-1"/>        
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/lockscreen_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Lock screen icon.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>locking screen</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>locking screen</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>Lock button</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Locking your screen prevents access to your applications and information, allowing you to leave your computer unattended. While your screen is locked, the screensaver runs.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">To lock the screen, perform
one of the following actions:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">If the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button is present on a
panel, click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button.</para>
        <note><para lang="en">The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button is not present on the panels by default. To add it, see <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>.</para></note>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para lang="en">To unlock the screen, move your mouse or press any key, enter your password in the locked screen dialog, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
    <para lang="en">If another user wants to use the computer while it is locked, they can move the mouse or press a key and then click <guibutton>Switch User</guibutton>. The login screen will be displayed, and they can log in using their user account. They will not be able to access any of your applications or information. When they log out, the screen will be locked again and you can access your session by unlocking the screen.</para>
  <para lang="en">You can leave a message for a user who has locked their screen. Move the mouse or press any key and then click <guibutton>Leave Message</guibutton>. Type your message into the box and press <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. Your message will be displayed when the user unlocks their screen.</para>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="gosstartsession-2"><info><title lang="en">Setting Programs to Start Automatically When You Log In</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Sessions</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>startup</secondary>
    </indexterm>
  <para lang="en">You can choose for certain programs to be started automatically when 
  you log in to a session. For example, you might want a web browser to be started 
  as soon as you log in. Programs which start automatically when you log in are 
  called <firstterm>startup programs</firstterm>. Startup programs are 
  automatically saved and safely closed by the session manager when you log 
  out, and are restarted when you log in.</para>
  <para lang="en">The <application>Sessions</application> preference tool allows you to 
  define which programs are started automatically when you log in. It has two 
  tabs, the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel> tab and the 
  <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab.</para>

    <section xml:id="gosstartsession-21"><info><title lang="en">Startup Programs Tab</title></info>
        <!-- Preserve IDs for backwards compatibility -->
        <anchor xml:id="gosstartsession-6"/>
        <anchor xml:id="gosstartsession-10"/>
      <para lang="en">You can use the Startup Programs tab to add, modify, and 
      remove startup programs.</para>
      <para lang="en">A list of startup programs is displayed on this tab. The list shows 
      a short description of each program, along with a checkbox which denotes 
      whether the startup program is enabled or not. Programs which are not 
      enabled will not be started automatically when you log in.</para>

      <section xml:id="gosstartsession-211"><info><title lang="en">Enabling/Disabling Startup Programs</title></info>
       <para lang="en">To enable a program to start up automatically, check the checkbox 
       corresponding to that program.</para>
       <para lang="en">To disable a program from starting automatically, uncheck the 
       checkbox.</para>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="gosstartsession-212"><info><title lang="en">Adding A New Startup Program</title></info>
       <para lang="en">To add a new startup program, perform the following steps:</para>
       <procedure>
        <step>
         <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. This will open the 
         <application>Add Startup Program</application> dialog box.</para>
        </step>
        <step>
         <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box to specify a name for 
         the new startup program.</para>
        </step>
        <step>
         <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> text box to specify the 
         command which will invoke the application. For example, the command 
         <userinput>pluma</userinput> will start the <application>Pluma Text 
         Editor</application>. If you do not know the exact command, click 
         <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to choose the path of the command.</para>
        </step>
        <step>
         <para lang="en">Enter a description of the application in the 
         <guilabel>Comments</guilabel> text box. You will see this as the 
         description of the program in the list of startup programs.</para>
        </step>
        <step>
         <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. The application will be added 
         to the list of startup programs with its checkbox in the checked 
         (enabled) state.</para>
        </step>
       </procedure>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="gosstartsession-213"><info><title lang="en">Removing A Startup Program</title></info>
       <para lang="en">To remove a startup program, select it from the list of startup 
       programs and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>.</para>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="gosstartsession-214"><info><title lang="en">Editing A Startup Program</title></info>
       <para lang="en">To edit an existing startup program, select it from the list of 
       startup programs and click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. A dialog will 
       appear which allows you to edit the properties of the program. See 
       <xref linkend="gosstartsession-212"/> for more information on the 
       options available in this dialog.</para>
      </section>
    </section>
    
    <section xml:id="gosstartsession-22"><info><title lang="en">Session Options Tab</title></info>
      <!-- Preserve IDs for backwards compatibility -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosstartsession-9"/>
      <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-74"/>
      <para lang="en">The session manager can remember which applications you have 
      running when you log out and can automatically restart them when you log 
      in again. If you would like this to happen every time you log out, check 
      <guilabel>Automatically remember running applications when 
      logging out</guilabel>. If you would like this to happen only once, click 
      <guibutton>Remember Currently Running Application</guibutton> before 
      logging out.</para>
    </section>
  </section>
  
  <section xml:id="shutdown"><info><title lang="en">Ending a Session</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-73"/>        
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>ending</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>logging out</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>logging out</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>quit</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>shutdown</primary>
    </indexterm>  
    <!--  
    commenting this out for now. A shot of the shutdown button would be good too.
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/logout_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Log Out icon.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    -->
    <para lang="en">When you have finished using your computer, you can choose to do one of the following:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Log out, leaving the computer ready for another user to begin working with it. To log out of MATE, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Log Out <replaceable>username</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice> <!-- Translators: your locale might only have a "Log Out" label in the menu if "Log Out username" is not valid. In this case, remove "<replaceable>username</replaceable>". -->.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Shut down your computer and switch off the power. To shut down, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Shut Down</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and click <guibutton>Shut Down</guibutton> on the dialog that appears.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Depending on your computer's configuration, you can also <firstterm>Hibernate</firstterm> your computer. During hibernation, less power is used, but all the applications and documents that you have open are preserved and will still be open when you resume from hibernation. You can resume from hibernation by moving your mouse or pressing a key.</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <note>
        <para lang="en">Some vendors and distributors allow you to hibernate your computer in two ways, often called Hibernate and <firstterm>Suspend</firstterm>. Both of these will preserve your open files and applications, but one will switch off the power to your computer while the other will leave the computer running in a state that uses less power.</para>
    </note>
       
    <para lang="en">When you end a session, applications with unsaved work will warn you. You can choose to save your work, or cancel the command to log out or shut down.</para>

    <para lang="en">Before you end a session, you might want to save your current
settings so that you can restore the session later. In the <xref linkend="prefs-sessions"/> tool, you can select an option to automatically
save your current settings.</para>
  </section>
</chapter><!-- Sessions -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="panels" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Using the Panels</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gospanel-1"/>

  <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-502"/>

  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">This chapter describes how to use the panels at the top and bottom of the MATE Desktop, how to customize the objects that appear on them, and how to add new panels to the desktop.</para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="panels-intro"><info><title>Uvod</title></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-2"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panels</primary>
      <secondary>introduction</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">A panel is an area in the MATE Desktop where you have access to certain actions and information, no matter what the state of your application windows. <!-- The HIG says 'Do not use system modal windows', so panels are always available. --> For example, in the default MATE panels, you can launch applications, see the date and time, control the system sound volume, and more.</para> 
    <para lang="en">You can customize panels to your liking. You can change their behavior and appearance, and you can add or remove objects from your panels. You can create multiple panels, and choose different properties, objects, and backgrounds for each panel. You can also hide panels.</para>
    <para lang="en">By default, the MATE Desktop contains a panel at the top edge of the screen,
and a panel at the bottom edge of the screen. The following sections describe
these panels.</para>

    <section xml:id="top-panel"><info><title>Gornja rubna ploča</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-6"/>         
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>top edge panel</secondary>
        <see>top edge panel</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>top edge panel</primary>
        <secondary>introduction</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">By default, the top edge panel contains the following objects:</para>
      <note><para lang="en">Your distribution of MATE may have altered this default setup.</para></note>
           
      <variablelist>
      	<varlistentry>
      		<term lang="en"><application>Classic Menu</application> applet</term>
      		<listitem><para lang="en">The Classic Menu contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. For more on the classic menu, see <xref linkend="menubar"/>.</para></listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en">A set of application launcher icons</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">The exact number of icons depends on your MATE distribution, but in general you will find at least a launcher for the <application>Web Browser</application>, an <application>Email client</application> and the <application>Help Browser</application>. Click on any launcher icon to open the corresponding application.</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><application>Notification Area</application> applet</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">Displays icons from other applications that may require your attention, or that you may want to access without switching from your current application window. For more on this, see <xref linkend="panels-notification-area"/>.</para>
          <para lang="en">Until an application adds an icon to the notification area, only a narrow bar is visible.</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

         
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en"><application>Clock</application> applet</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">The <application>Clock</application> shows the current
      time. Click on the time to open a small calendar. You can also view a world map by clicking the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> expansion label. For more on this, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-clock">Clock Applet Manual</link>.</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en"><application>Volume Control</application>
      applet</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">The <application>Volume Control</application> enables you to control the volume of the speakers on your system. For more on this, see the Volume Control Manual.</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en">
          <indexterm lang="en">
            <primary>top edge panel</primary>
            <secondary>window list icon</secondary>
          </indexterm>
          <application>Window Selector</application> icon</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">The <application>Window Selector</application> lists all of your
      open windows. To give focus to a window, click on the window selector icon
      at the extreme right of the top edge panel, then select the window. For more on this, see <xref linkend="windows-focus"/>.</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="bottom-panel"><info><title>Donja rubna ploča</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-3"/>        
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>bottom edge panel</secondary>
        <see>bottom edge panel</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>bottom edge panel</primary>
        <secondary>introduction</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">By default, the bottom edge panel contains the following objects:</para>
      <note><para lang="en">Your distribution of MATE may have altered this default setup.</para></note>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>bottom edge panel</primary>
        <secondary>default contents</secondary>
      </indexterm>            
      <variablelist>
      	<varlistentry>
      		<term lang="en"><guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button</term>
      		<listitem><para lang="en">Click on this button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop. Click it again to restore all the windows to their previous state.</para></listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      		<term lang="en"><application>Window List</application> applet</term>
      		<listitem><para lang="en">Displays a button for each window that is open. The <application>Window List</application> enables you to minimize and restore windows. For more on this, see <xref linkend="windowlist"/>.</para></listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      		<term lang="en"><application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet</term>
      		<listitem><para lang="en">Enables you to switch between your workspaces. For more on workspaces, see <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>.</para></listitem>
      	</varlistentry>      	
      </variablelist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="gospanel-5"><info><title lang="en">Managing Panels</title></info>
    <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Create Panels -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-26"/>
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-11"/><!-- To Interact With a Panel -->
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panels</primary>
      <secondary>managing</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The following sections describe how to manage your panels.</para>
    <para lang="en">To interact with a panel, you must click on a vacant space on the panel rather than on any of the objects it holds. If the hide buttons are visible on the panel, you can also middle-click or right-click on one of them to select the panel.</para>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-12"><info><title lang="en">Moving a Panel</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>moving</secondary>
      </indexterm>	  
	  <para lang="en">To move a panel to another side of the screen, press and hold <keycap>ALT</keycap> and drag the panel to its new location. Click on any vacant space on the panel to begin the drag.</para>
      <para lang="en">A panel that is not set to expand to the full width of the screen can be dragged away from the edge of the screen and placed anywhere. See <xref linkend="panel-properties"/> for details on how to set a panel's expand property.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="panel-properties"><info><title>Osobine ploče</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-28"/>         
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can change
the properties of each panel, such as the position of the panel, the hide behavior,
and the visual appearance. </para>
      <para lang="en">To modify the properties of a panel, right-click on a vacant space on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Panel Properties</guilabel> dialog contains two tabbed sections, <guilabel>General</guilabel> and <guilabel>Background</guilabel>.</para>
      
      <section xml:id="panel-properties-general"><info><title lang="en">General Properties Tab</title></info>
        <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, you can modify panel size, position, and hiding properties. The following table describes the
dialog elements on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section: </para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="28.57*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="71.43*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>Opis</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Orientation</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Select the position of the panel on your screen.
Click on the required position for the panel. </para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Use the spin box to specify the size of the panel.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Expand</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">By default, a panel expands to the full length of the edge of the screen where it is located. A panel that does not expand can be moved away from the screen edges to any part of the screen.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Autohide</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option if you want the panel to only be fully visible when the mouse pointer is over it. The panel hides off-screen along its longest edge, leaving a narrow part visible along the edge of the desktop. Move the mouse pointer over the visible part of the panel to make it move back into view.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Show hide buttons</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to display hide buttons at each end of your
panel. Clicking on a hide button moves the panel lenthways, hiding it off-screen except for the hide button at the opposite end. Click this hide button to restore the panel to being fully visible.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Arrows on hide buttons</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to display arrows on the hide
buttons, if the hide button is enabled.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="panel-properties-background"><info><title lang="en">Background Properties Tab</title></info>
        <para lang="en">You can choose the type of background for the panel in the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tab. The choices are as follows:</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colwidth="32.32*"/>
            <colspec colwidth="67.68*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>Opis</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>None (use system theme)</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to have the panel use the settings in the <xref linkend="prefs-theme"/> tool. This keeps your panel's background looking the same as the rest of the desktop and applications.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Solid color</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to specify a single color for
the panel background. Click on the <guibutton>Color</guibutton> button to
display the color selector dialog. Choose the color that you require from
the color selector dialog. </para>
                  <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Style</guilabel>
slider to specify the degree of transparency or opaqueness for the color.
For example, to make the panel transparent, move the slider to the <guilabel>Transparent</guilabel> end.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Background image</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to specify an image for the panel
background. Click on the button to browse for an image file. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
        
        <!-- section folded in: preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
        <anchor xml:id="gospanel-61"/>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>panels</primary>
          <secondary>changing background</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <!-- Shaun, why does this bit here change the vertical space between the previous 
        table and the following paragraph? -->
             
        <para lang="en">You can also  drag a color or image on to a panel to set the color
or image as the background of the panel. You can drag a color or image from
many applications. For example:</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">You can drag a color from any color selector dialog.</para>     
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">You can drag an image file from the <application>Caja</application> file manager to set it as the background of the panel.</para>     
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">You can drag a color or a pattern from the <guilabel>Backgrounds
  and Emblems</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend="caja-backgrounds-and-emblems"/>) in <application>Caja</application> file manager to a panel to set it as the background.</para>         
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Panel Properties</guilabel> dialog.</para>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-7"><info><title lang="en">Hiding a Panel</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>hiding</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can hide or show a panel if it has hide buttons. If
the hide buttons are not visible on a panel, modify the panel properties so
that the hide buttons are visible. </para>
      <para lang="en">Hide buttons are at either end of a panel. The hide buttons contain
an optional arrow icon. The following illustration shows hide buttons. </para>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/four_hide_button.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>A horizontal panel and a vertical panel, both with hide buttons.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para lang="en">To hide a panel, click on one of the hide buttons. The panel shrinks
in the direction of the arrow on the hide button. The hide button at the other
end of the panel remains visible.</para>
      <para lang="en">To show a hidden panel again, click on the visible hide button. The
panel expands in the direction of the arrow on the hide button. Both hide
buttons are now visible.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can set a panel to autohide. When you set autohide, the panel hides
automatically when the mouse is not pointing to the panel. The panel reappears
when you point to the part of the screen where the panel resides. To set your
panel to autohide, modify the properties of the panel as per the instructions in <xref linkend="panel-properties"/>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-10"><info><title lang="en">Adding a New Panel</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>adding new</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To add a panel, right-click on a vacant space on any panel, then choose <guimenuitem>New Panel</guimenuitem>. The new panel is added to the MATE Desktop. The
new panel contains no objects. You can customize the new panel to suit your
preferences.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-31"><info><title lang="en">Deleting a Panel</title></info>
      <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Delete Panels -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-508"/>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>deleting</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To delete a panel from the MATE Desktop, right-click on the panel that
you want to delete, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Delete This Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">You must always have at least one panel in the MATE Desktop.
If you have only one panel in the MATE Desktop, you cannot delete that panel.</para>
      </note>
    </section>
  </section>
  
  <!-- =============================================== managing panel objects -->
  <section xml:id="gospanel-8"><info><title lang="en">Panel Objects</title></info>
    <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Manipulate Panel Objects -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-21"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panels</primary>
      <secondary>panel objects</secondary>
      <see>panel objects</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">This section describes the objects that
you can add to and use from your panels.</para>
    <section xml:id="gospanel-100"><info><title lang="en">Interacting With Panel Objects</title></info>
      
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>interacting with</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You use the mouse buttons to interact with a panel object
in the following ways:</para>
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en">Left-click</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Launches the panel object.</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en">Middle-click</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Enables you to grab
an object, then drag the object to a new location.</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en">Right-click</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Opens the panel object
popup menu.</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>

      <section xml:id="gospanel-39"><info><title lang="en">To Select an Applet</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>applets</primary>
          <secondary>selecting</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para lang="en">Some restrictions apply on where you can click on an applet in order
  to display the panel object popup menu, or to move the applet, as follows: </para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Some applets have popup menus of applet-specific commands
  that open when you right-click on particular parts of the applet. For example,
  the <application><xref linkend="windowlist"/></application> applet has a vertical handle on
  the left side, and buttons that represent your windows on the right side.
  To open the panel object popup menu for the <application>Window List</application>
  applet, you must right-click on the handle. If you right-click on a button
  on the right side, a popup menu for the button opens.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Some applets have areas that you cannot use to select the
  applet. For example, the <application>Command Line</application> applet has
  a field in which you enter commands. You cannot middle-click or right-click
  on this field to select the applet. Instead, middle-click or right-click on
  another part of the applet. </para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="panels-addobject"><info><title lang="en">Adding an Object to a Panel</title></info>
      <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-15"/>   

      <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Add Objects to Panels -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-4"/>
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-40"/><!-- To Add an Applet to a Panel -->
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>adding</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To add an object to a panel, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">
          Right-click on a vacant space on a panel to open the panel popup menu.
        </para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">
          Choose <guisubmenu>Add to Panel</guisubmenu>.</para>
          <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog opens.The available panel objects are listed alphabetically, with <xref linkend="launchers"/> at the top.</para>
          <tip><para lang="en">You can type a part of the name or description of an object in the <guilabel>find</guilabel> box. This will narrow the list to those objects that match what you type.</para>
          <para lang="en">To restore the full list, delete the text in the <guilabel>find</guilabel> box.</para>
          </tip>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">
          Either drag an object from the list to a panel, or select an object from the list and click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add it at the spot on the panel where you first right-clicked.
        </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      
      <para lang="en">You can also add any item in the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to the panel: right-click the menu item and choose <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</guimenuitem>.</para>

      <para lang="en">Each launcher corresponds to a <filename>.desktop</filename> file. You
can drag a <filename>.desktop</filename> file on to your panels to add the
launcher to the panel. </para>
<!--Each menu corresponds to a directory. You can drag the directory on to your panels to add the directory to the panel as a menu object. Is this still true?-->
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-9"><info><title lang="en">Modifying the Properties of an Object</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-41"/><!-- To Modify Preferences for an Applet -->
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">Some panel objects, such as launchers and drawers,
have a set of associated properties. The properties are different for each
type of object. The properties specify details such as the following: <itemizedlist><listitem><para lang="en">The command that starts a launcher application.</para></listitem><listitem><para lang="en">The location of the source files for a menu.</para></listitem><listitem><para lang="en">The icon that represents the object.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
      <para lang="en">To modify the properties of an object, perform the following steps: </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <indexterm lang="en">
            <primary>panel object popup menu, illustration</primary>
          </indexterm>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the object to open the panel object popup
menu, as shown in <xref linkend="gospanel-FIG-54"/>.</para>
          <figure xml:id="gospanel-FIG-54"><info><title lang="en">Panel Object Popup Menu</title></info>
            
            <screenshot>
              <mediaobject lang="en">
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>Panel object popup menu. Menu items: Properties, Remove From Panel, Lock, Move.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
          </figure>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Use the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog to modify the properties as required. The properties
in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog depend on which object you select
in step 1. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Close the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-32"><info><title lang="en">Moving a Panel Object</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>moving</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can move panel objects within a panel, and from one panel to another
panel. You can also move objects between panels and drawers.</para>
      <para lang="en">To move a panel object, middle-click and hold on the object and drag
the object to a new location. When you release the middle mouse button, the
object anchors at the new location.</para>
      <para lang="en">Alternatively, you can use the panel object popup menu to move an object,
as follows: </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the object, then choose <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Point to the new location for the object, then click any mouse
button to anchor the object to the new location. This location can be on any
panel that is currently in the MATE Desktop. </para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para lang="en">Movement of a panel object affects the position of other objects on
the panel. To control how objects move on a panel, you can specify a movement
mode. To specify the movement mode, press one of the following keys as you
move the panel object:</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="15.00*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="30.00*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec3" colwidth="54.00*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Ključ</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Movement Mode</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">No key</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Switched movement</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The object swaps places with other panel
objects. Switched movement is the default movement mode.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycap>Alt</keycap> key</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Free movement</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The object jumps over other panel objects
into the next vacant space on the panel.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycap>Shift</keycap> key </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Push movement</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The object pushes other panel objects
further along the panel. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-566"><info><title lang="en">Locking a Panel Object</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>locking</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>locking panel objects</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can lock panel objects so that the objects stay in the same position
on the panel. Use this if you do not want some panel objects
to change position when you move other panel objects.</para>
      <para lang="en">To lock an object to its current location in the panel,
right-click on the object to open the panel object popup menu, then select  <guimenuitem>Lock To Panel</guimenuitem>. Deselect this to unlock the object.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-33"><info><title lang="en">Removing a Panel Object</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>removing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To remove an object from a panel, right-click on the object
to open the panel object popup menu and then choose <guimenuitem>Remove From
Panel</guimenuitem>. </para>
    </section>
  </section>
  
  <!-- ============================================== big bag o' panel objects -->
  <!-- <remark>won't work because of yelp topic clumping</remark>
    <para>This section describes the different objects you can add to your panels.</para>
    <para>For a list of the objects that are on the top and bottom panels by default, see <xref linkend="top-panel"/> and <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/>.</para>
  -->
  <section xml:id="gospanel-17"><info><title lang="en">Applets</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>applets</primary>
      <secondary>introduction</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panel objects</primary>
      <secondary>applets</secondary>
      <see>applets</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">An applet is a small application whose
user interface resides within a panel. The following figure shows the following
applets, from left to right: </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><application><xref linkend="windowlist"/></application>: Displays the windows
currently open on your system.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><application>Volume Control</application>: Enables you to
control the volume of the speaker on your system.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:mate-clock"><application>Clock</application></link>: Shows the current date and time.</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/sample_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Sample applets. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </section>  

  <section xml:id="launchers"><info><title lang="en">Launchers</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-16"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panel objects</primary>
      <secondary>launchers</secondary>
      <see>launchers</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">A <firstterm>launcher</firstterm> is an object that performs a specific action when you open it.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can find launchers in the panels, in the panel menubar, and on the desktop. A launcher is represented by an icon in all of these locations.</para>
    <para lang="en">You might use a launcher to do any of the following:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Start a particular application.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Execute a command.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Open a folder.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Open a Web browser at a particular page on the Web. <!-- <firstterm>Uniform Resource Locator</firstterm> (URL). A URL is the address of a particular location --></para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Open special <firstterm>Uniform Resource Identifiers</firstterm>
(URIs). The MATE Desktop contains special URIs that enable you to access
particular functions from the file manager. <indexterm lang="en"><primary>special URI
locations</primary><secondary>and launchers</secondary></indexterm></para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">You can modify the properties of a launcher. For example, the properties
of a launcher include the name of the launcher, the icon that represents the
launcher, and how the launcher runs. For more on this, see <xref linkend="launchers-modify"/>.</para>
    <note><para lang="en">
      In certain situations, a launcher in a menu might not show an icon. For example, if it specifies no icon to display, or if the entire menu is set to show no icons.
    </para></note>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-34"><info><title lang="en">Adding a Launcher to a Panel</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>launchers</primary>
        <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can add a launcher to a panel in one of the following
ways:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">From the panel popup menu</para>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on any vacant space on the panel,
then choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>. The <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog opens (see <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>).</para>
          <para lang="en">To create a new launcher, select <guilabel>Custom Application Launcher</guilabel> from the list. A <guilabel>Create Launcher</guilabel>
dialog is displayed. For more information on the properties in this dialog,
see <xref linkend="launchers-properties"/>.</para>
          <para lang="en">Alternatively, to add an existing launcher to the panel, select <guilabel>Application Launcher</guilabel> from the list. Choose the launcher that you want
to add from the list of menu items.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">From any menu</para>
          <para lang="en">To add a launcher to a panel from a menu, perform one of the following
steps:</para>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Open a menu that contains the launcher. Drag the launcher
on to the panel. </para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Open the menu that contains the launcher and right-click on the title of the launcher.
Choose <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</guimenuitem>. This method will only work if the launcher is on a sub-menu of the menu that you opened.</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">From the file manager</para>
          <para lang="en">To add a launcher to a panel from the file manager, find the <filename>.desktop</filename> file for the launcher in your file system, then drag the <filename>.desktop</filename> file to the panel. </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="launchers-modify"><info><title lang="en">Modifying a Launcher</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-36"/>        
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>launchers</primary>
        <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To modify the properties of a launcher in a panel, perform the following
steps: </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the launcher to open the panel object popup
menu.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Use the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog to modify the properties as required.
For more information on the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog,
see <xref linkend="launchers-properties"/>. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="launchers-properties"><info><title>Osobine pokretača</title></info> 
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-52"/><!-- To Create a Launcher With the Create Launcher Dialog -->
         
      <para lang="en">When you create or edit a launcher, the following properties can be set:</para>
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry><term>Vrsta</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the drop-down list to specify whether this launcher starts an application or opens a location: </para>
            <variablelist>
              <varlistentry><term>Program</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">The launcher starts an application.</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>Program u terminalu</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">The launcher starts an application through a terminal window.</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>Lokacija</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">The launcher opens a file, web page or other location.</para>
                </listitem>
              </varlistentry>
            </variablelist>
            <para lang="en">If you are editing a location launcher, this drop-down list 
          will not be displayed. If you are editing an application launcher, 
          the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> option will not be available.</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>Ime</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">This is the name that is displayed if you add the launcher to a menu
or to the desktop.</para>
          </listitem>     
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>Naredba</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">For an application launcher, specify a command to execute when
you click on the launcher. For sample commands, see <xref linkend="launchers-properties-commands"/>.</para>
          </listitem>     
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>Lokacija</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">For a location launcher, specify the location to be opened. 
            Click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to select a location on your 
            computer, or type a web address to launch a web page. For sample 
            locations, see <xref linkend="launchers-properties-commands"/></para>
          </listitem>     
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>Komentar</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">This is displayed  as a tooltip when you point to the
launcher icon on the panel.</para>
          </listitem>     
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
      
      <para lang="en">To change the icon for the launcher, click on the button showing the current icon. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon from the dialog. </para>
  
      <section xml:id="launchers-properties-commands"><info><title lang="en">Launcher Commands and Locations</title></info>
        <!-- Maintained for backwards compatibility: 2.14 -->
        <anchor xml:id="gospanel-556"/>        
        <para lang="en">Examples of commands and locations that you can use in the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog can be found below.</para>
        
        <para lang="en">If you choose <guilabel>Application</guilabel> or <guilabel>Application in Terminal</guilabel>
from the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down box, the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> text box will be displayed. The following table shows some sample commands and the actions that the commands perform:</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="47.36*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="52.64*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">Sample Application Command</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>Radnja</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>pluma</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Starts the <application>pluma</application> text editor application.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>pluma /home/user/loremipsum.txt</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Opens the file <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename> in the <application>pluma</application> text editor application.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>caja /home/user/Projects</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Opens the folder <filename>/home/user/Projects</filename> in a File Browser window.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
        <para lang="en">If you choose <guilabel>Location</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Type</guilabel>
drop-down box, the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> text box will be displayed. The following table
shows some sample locations and the actions that will happen if you click on the launcher:<indexterm lang="en"><primary>special URIs</primary><secondary>launchers</secondary></indexterm></para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="47.36*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="52.64*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">Sample Location</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>Radnja</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>file:///home/user/loremipsum.txt</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Opens the file <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename> 
                  in the default viewer for its file type.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>file:///home/user/Projects</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Opens the folder <filename>/home/user/Projects</filename> in a File Browser window.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>https://mate-desktop.org</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Opens the MATE website in your default browser.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>ftp://ftp.mate-desktop.org</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Opens the MATE FTP site in your default browser. </para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </section>
    </section>    
  </section>

  <section xml:id="gospanel-557"><info><title>Dugmad</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>buttons</primary>
      <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>action buttons</primary>
      <see>buttons</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">You can add buttons to your panels to provide quick access
to common actions and functions. </para>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-563"><info><title lang="en">Force Quit Button</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Force Quit</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Force Quit button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Force Quit button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>terminating applications</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>applications</primary>
        <secondary>terminating</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/force_quit.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Force Quit icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para lang="en">The <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button allows you to click on 
      a window to force an application to quit. This button is useful if you 
      want to terminate an application that does not respond to your commands, 
      if the application has frozen or crashed, for example.</para>
      <para lang="en">To add a <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then 
choose <application>Force Quit</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. 
See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      <para lang="en">To terminate an application, click on the <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton>
button, then click on a window from the application that you want to terminate.
If you do not want to terminate an application after you have clicked on the 
<guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="panel-lock-screen"><info><title lang="en">Lock Screen Button</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-21"/>

      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/lockscreen_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Lock screen icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Lock</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Lock button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Lock button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>locking screen</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button locks your screen 
      and activates your screensaver when you click on it. To access your session
again, you must enter your password.</para>
      <para lang="en">To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      <para lang="en">Right-click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to open a menu
of screensaver-related commands. <xref linkend="gosstartsession-TBL-83"/> describes
the commands that are available from the menu.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="gosstartsession-TBL-83"><info><title lang="en">Lock Screen Menu Items</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="43.55*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="56.45*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Menu Item</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Function</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Activate Screensaver</guimenuitem>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Activates the screensaver immediately.</para>
                <para lang="en">This will also lock the screen if you have set <guilabel>Lock screen when screensaver is active</guilabel> in the 
<application>Screensaver</application> preference tool.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Locks the screen immediately. This command performs
the same function as when you click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Opens the <xref linkend="prefs-screensaver"/> tool, with which you can configure the type of screensaver that is displayed when you lock the screen.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-20"><info><title lang="en">Log Out Button</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/logout_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Log Out icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Log Out</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Log Out button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Log Out button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button allows you to log out of
a MATE session or switch to a different user account.</para>
      <para lang="en">To add a <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then 
choose <application>Log Out</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. 
See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      <para lang="en">To log out of your session or switch users, click on the 
      <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button and then click on the appropriate 
      button in the dialog that appears. </para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-555"><info><title lang="en">Run Button</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/run_button.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Run Application icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Run</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Run button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Run button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button opens the 
      <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog, which allows you to start an 
      application by choosing it from a list. </para>
      <para lang="en">To add a <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then 
choose <application>Run Application</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. 
See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      <para lang="en">To open the <application>Run Application</application> dialog, click 
      on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button. </para>
      <para lang="en">For more information on the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog,
see <xref linkend="gospanel-23"/>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-554"><info><title lang="en">Search Button</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/searchtool_button.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Search Tool icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Search</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Search button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Search button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button opens the 
      <application>Search Tool</application>, which allows you to search for 
      files on your computer. </para>
      <para lang="en">To add a <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Search for Files</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      <para lang="en">To open the <application>Search Tool</application>, click on
the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button. </para>
      <para lang="en">For more information on the <application>Search Tool</application>,
see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-search-tool">Search Tool Manual</link>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-564"><info><title>Gumb za prikazivanje radne površine</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Minimize Windows</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Minimize
Windows button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Minimize Windows
button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/show_desktop_button.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Show Desktop icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para lang="en">You can use the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop.</para>
      <para lang="en">To add a <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then 
choose <application>Show Desktop</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. 
See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      <para lang="en">To minimize all windows and show the desktop, click on the 
      <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button. To restore all windows to 
      their previous state, click it again.</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="panel-menus"><info><title lang="en">Menus</title></info>
    <!-- Desktop Overview / Menus -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-42"/>
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-37"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>menus</primary>
      <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panel objects</primary>
      <secondary>menus</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">You can add the following types of menu to your panels: </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Classic Menu</guimenu>: You can access almost
all the standard applications, commands, and configuration options from
the menus in the Classic Menu. It contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, 
<guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus.</para>
        <para lang="en">To add a <guimenu>Classic Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then 
choose <application>Classic Menu</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. 
See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Compact Menu</guimenu>: The Compact Menu contains the same 
        items as the Classic Menu, but organizes them into one menu instead of three. 
        It takes up less space on the panels as a result.</para>
        <para lang="en">To add a <guimenu>Compact Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then 
choose <application>Compact Menu</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. 
See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Submenus</guimenu>: You can add a submenu of the Classic Menu
        or Compact Menu directly to the panel. For example, you can add the <guimenu>Games</guimenu> 
        submenu of the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to the panel.</para>
        <para lang="en">To add a submenu to a panel, open the submenu, right-click on a launcher, then choose 
<menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as menu to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="gospanel-18"><info><title lang="en">Drawers</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panel objects</primary>
      <secondary>drawers</secondary>
      <see>drawers</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">A drawer is an extension of a panel. You
can open and close a drawer in the same way that you can show and hide a panel.
A drawer can contain all panel objects, including launchers, menus, applets, 
and other drawers. When you open a drawer, you can use
the objects in the same way that you use objects on a panel. </para>
    <para lang="en">The following figure shows an open drawer that contains two panel objects. </para>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/open_drawer.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Open drawer. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    <para lang="en">The arrow on the icon indicates that it represents a drawer
or menu.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can add, move, and remove objects from drawers in the same way that
you add, move, and remove objects from panels. </para>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-42"><info><title lang="en">To Open and Close a Drawer</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>opening</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>closing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To open a drawer, click on the drawer's icon in a panel. You can close
a drawer in the following ways: </para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the drawer's icon.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the drawer hide button.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-420"><info><title lang="en">To Add a Drawer to a Panel</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can add a drawer to a panel in the following ways: </para>
      <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">From the panel popup menu</term>
        <listitem>
          <orderedlist>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose
            <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">In the <application>Add to Panel</application> dialog, select
            <guilabel>Drawer</guilabel>.  Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, then click
            <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
          </orderedlist>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">From any menu</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">You can add a menu as a drawer object to a panel.</para>
          <para lang="en">To add a menu as a drawer to a panel, open the menu from the panel.
Right-click on any launcher in the menu, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as drawer to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-54"><info><title lang="en">To Add an Object to a Drawer</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>adding objects to</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You add an object to a drawer in the same way that you add
objects to panels. For more information, see <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-550"><info><title lang="en">To Modify Drawer Properties</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can modify the properties of each drawer individually. For 
      example, you can change the visual appearance of the drawer and whether 
      it has hide buttons.</para>
      <para lang="en">To modify properties for a drawer perform the following steps: </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the drawer, then choose 
          <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> to display the <guilabel>Drawer Properties</guilabel> dialog.
The dialog displays the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the properties for the drawer in the dialog. The following
table describes the elements on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section:</para>
          <informaltable frame="topbot">
            <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="28.57*"/>
              <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="71.43*"/>
              <thead>
                <row rowsep="1">
                  <entry>
                    <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry>
                    <para>Opis</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
              </thead>
              <tbody>
                <row>
                  <entry colname="colspec0">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
                    </para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry colname="colspec1">
                    <para lang="en">Specify the width of the drawer when it is open.</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
                <row>
                  <entry colname="colspec0">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Icon</guilabel>
                    </para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry colname="colspec1">
                    <para lang="en">Choose an icon to represent the drawer. Click
on the <guibutton>Icon</guibutton> button to display an icon selector dialog.
Choose an icon from the dialog and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to confirm your choice.</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
                <row>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Show hide buttons</guilabel>
                    </para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">Select this option to display hide buttons on your
drawer. When you click one of the buttons, the drawer will close.</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
                <row>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Arrows on hide buttons</guilabel>
                    </para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">Select this option to display arrows on the hide
buttons, if the hide buttons are enabled.</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
              </tbody>
            </tgroup>
          </informaltable>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">You can use the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section
to set the background for the drawer. For information on how to complete the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section, see <xref linkend="panel-properties"/>. You can also drag a color or image on to a drawer
to set the color or image as the background of the drawer. For more information,
 see <xref linkend="panel-properties-background"/>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Drawer Properties</guilabel> dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="panel-default"><info><title lang="en">Default Panel Objects</title></info>
    <!-- a temporary home for things that should one day be in a greater list of panel objects -->
    
    <para lang="en">This section covers the panel objects that appear in the default MATE desktop.</para>
    
    <section xml:id="panel-windowselector"><info><title lang="en">Window Selector Applet</title></info> 
      <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosmarco-27"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>top edge panel</primary>
        <secondary>window selector icon</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>window selector</primary>
        <secondary>top edge panel</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can view a list of all windows
that are currently open. You can also choose a window to give focus to. To
view the window list, click on the <application>Window Selector</application>
applet. The following figure shows an example of the <application>Window Selector</application> applet:</para>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/openwindows_menu.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Window selector applet displayed from the top edge panel.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para lang="en">To give focus to a window, select the window from the <application>Window Selector</application> applet.</para>
      <para lang="en">The <application>Window Selector</application> lists the windows in
all workspaces. The windows in all workspaces other than the current workspace 
are listed under a separator line.</para>
    </section>  

    <section xml:id="panels-notification-area"><info><title lang="en">Notification Area Applet</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-567"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>applets</primary>
        <secondary>Notification Area</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Notification
Area applet</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Notification Area applet</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/notification_area_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Notification Area icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para lang="en">The <application>Notification Area</application> applet displays icons
from various applications to indicate activity in the application. For example,
when you use the <application>CD Player</application> application to play
a CD, a CD icon is displayed in the <application>Notification Area</application>
applet. The graphic above illustrates the CD icon in the <application>Notification
Area</application> applet. </para>
    </section>
     
    <section xml:id="goseditmainmenu-65"><info><title lang="en">Classic Menu</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu_bar_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Classic Menu applet. Menus: Applications, Places, System.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para lang="en">The <application>Classic Menu</application> contains the 
      <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and 
      <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. You can access
  almost all the standard applications, commands, and configuration options
  from the <application>Classic Menu</application>. For more on using the Classic Menu, see <xref linkend="menubar"/>.</para>
    </section>

<!-- This has been pasted from the Window List manual so that the Window List applet help is integrated into the GUG. -->
<!-- This section needs gross refactoring (making task-based for starters) -->

 <section xml:id="windowlist"><info><title>Popis prozora</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">The <application>Window List</application> applet enables you to manage the windows that are open on the MATE desktop. Window List uses a button to represent each window or group of windows that is open. The state of the buttons in the applet varies depending on the state of the window that the button represents. The following table explains the possible states of the <application>Window List</application> buttons.</para>
	<informaltable>
	<tgroup cols="2">
	<colspec colname="col1"/>
	<colspec colname="col2"/>
	<thead>
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para>Stanje</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para lang="en">Indicates...</para></entry>
	</row>
	</thead>
	<tbody>
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para lang="en">The button is pressed in.</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para lang="en">The window has focus.</para></entry>
	</row>
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para lang="en">The button appears faded. The button text is surrounded by square brackets.</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para lang="en">The window is minimized.</para></entry>
	</row> 
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para lang="en">The button is not pressed in, and is not faded.</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para lang="en">The window is displayed on the desktop and is not minimized.</para></entry>
	</row>
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para lang="en">There is a number in parentheses at the end of the button title.</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para lang="en">The button represents a group of buttons. </para></entry>
	</row>
	</tbody>
	</tgroup>
	</informaltable>

<!-- ================ Usage ================================ -->
  <section xml:id="windowlist-usage"><info><title>Upotreba</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">You can use <application>Window List</application> to perform the following tasks:</para>
	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	<para lang="en">To give focus to a window</para>
	<para lang="en">If you click on the Window List button that represents a window that is on the desktop but does not have focus, the applet gives focus to the window. </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	<para lang="en">To minimize a window</para>
	<para lang="en">If you click on the Window List button that represents the window that has focus, the applet minimizes the window. </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	<para lang="en">To restore a minimized window</para>
	<para lang="en">If you click on the Window List button that represents a minimized window, the applet restores the window.</para>
	</listitem>
	</itemizedlist>
	
	<para lang="en">You can change the order of the Window List buttons by dragging a button to a different location on the Window List.</para>
	
  </section>
<!-- ============= Preferences ============================= -->
  <section xml:id="windowlist-prefs"><info><title>Prilagodbe</title></info> 
	 <para lang="en">To configure the <application>Window List</application>, right-click 
	 on the handle to the left of the window buttons, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. 
	 The following preferences can be changed:</para>
    
    <!-- Maintained for compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="windowlist-prefs-behavior"/>
    <anchor xml:id="windowlist-prefs-size"/>
    
	 <variablelist>
	 <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Window List Content</guilabel> </term>
	 <listitem>
	 <para lang="en">To specify which windows to display in the Window List, select one of the following options: </para>
	 	<itemizedlist>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Show windows from current workspace</guilabel></para>
	 	<para lang="en">Select this option to only show the windows that are open in the current workspace.</para>
	 	</listitem>
	 	<listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Show windows from all workspaces</guilabel></para>
	 	<para lang="en">Select this option to show the windows that are open in all workspaces.</para>
	 	</listitem>
	 	</itemizedlist>
	 </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>
	 
	 <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Window Grouping</guilabel> </term>
	 <listitem>
	 <para lang="en">To specify when the Window List should group windows that belong to the same application, select one of the following options: </para>
		<itemizedlist>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Never group windows</guilabel></para>
	 	<para lang="en">Select this option to never group windows of the same application under one button.</para>
		</listitem>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Group windows when space is limited</guilabel></para>
	 	<para lang="en">Select this option to group windows of the same application under one button when the space on the panel is restricted.</para>
		</listitem>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Always group windows</guilabel></para>
	 	<para lang="en">Select this option to always group windows of the same application under one button.</para>
		</listitem>
		</itemizedlist>
	 </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>
	 
	 <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Restoring Minimized Windows</guilabel> </term>
	 <listitem>
	 <para lang="en">To define how the Window List behaves when you restore windows, select one of the following options.</para>
	 	<itemizedlist>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Restore to current workspace</guilabel></para>
	 	<para lang="en">Select this option to restore a window from the applet to the current workspace, even if the window did not previously reside in the current workspace.</para>
	 	</listitem>
	 	<listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Restore to native workspace</guilabel></para>
	 	<para lang="en">Select this option to switch to the workspace in which a window originally resided when you restore the window from the applet. </para>
	 	</listitem>
	 	</itemizedlist>
	 <para lang="en">These options are only available if <guilabel>Show windows from all workspaces</guilabel> is selected in the <guilabel>Window List Content</guilabel> section of the dialog.</para>
	 </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>
	 </variablelist>

  </section>
 </section>

  </section>
</chapter>       <!-- Panels -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="menubar" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Using the Main Menubar</title></info>
  
  <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-1"/><!-- Working With Menus -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-2"/><!-- Introduction to Menus -->  
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-5"/><!-- Menu Features -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-11"/><!-- Menu Item Popup Menu -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-51"/><!-- Actions Menu -->
  <anchor xml:id="menus-introduction"/><!-- Introduction to Menus --> 
        
  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">This chapter describes how to use the MATE Panel Menubar.</para>
  </highlights>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>menus</primary>
    <secondary>introduction</secondary>
  </indexterm>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>menus</primary>
    <secondary>Classic Menu</secondary>
    <see>Classic Menu</see>
  </indexterm>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>Classic Menu</primary>
    <secondary>introduction</secondary>
  </indexterm>  

  <para lang="en">The classic menu is your main point of access to MATE. Use the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to launch applications, the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> to open locations on your computer or network, and the <guimenu>System</guimenu> to customize your system, get help with MATE, and log out of MATE or shut down your computer.</para>
  <para lang="en">The following sections describe these three menus.</para>
  <tip><para lang="en">By default, the classic menu is on the <xref linkend="top-panel"/>. But like any other panel object, you can move the classic menu to another panel, or have more than one instance of the classic menu in your panels. For more on this, see <xref linkend="panel-menus"/>.</para></tip>

  <section xml:id="applications-menu"><info><title lang="en">Applications Menu</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-8"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>menus</primary>
      <secondary>Applications menu</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu contains a hierarchy of submenus, from which you can start the applications that are installed on your system.</para>
    <para lang="en">Each submenu corresponds to a category. For example, in the <guimenu>Sound &amp; Video</guimenu> submenu, you will find applications for playing CDs and recording sound.</para>
    <para lang="en">To launch an application, perform the following steps:</para>
    <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu by clicking on it.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Move the mouse down the menu to the category the application you want is in. Each submenu opens as your mouse passes over the category.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Click the menu item for the application.</para></listitem>
    </orderedlist>
    <para lang="en">When you install a new application, it is automatically added to the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu in a suitable category. For example, if you install an instant messenger application, a VoIP application, or an FTP client, you will find it in the <guimenu>Internet</guimenu> submenu.</para>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="places-menu"><info><title lang="en">Places Menu</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>Places menu</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu is a quick way to go to various locations on your computer and your local network. The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu allows you to open the following items:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Your Home folder<remark>Add link!</remark></para></listitem>    
      <listitem><para lang="en">The Desktop folder, which corresponds to the items displays in the desktop.</para></listitem>    
      <listitem><para lang="en">The items in your Caja bookmarks. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-bookmarks"/>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Your computer, which shows all your drives.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The Caja CD/DVD Creator. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-cdwriter"/>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The local network. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-accessnetwork"/>.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <para lang="en">The last three items on the menu perform actions rather than open locations.</para>    
                   
    <itemizedlist>          
      <listitem><para lang="en"><guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem> lets you choose a server on your network. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-server-connect"/>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><guimenuitem>Search for Files</guimenuitem> lets you search for files on your computer. For more on this, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-search-tool">Search for Files Manual</link>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The <guimenuitem>Recent Documents</guimenuitem> submenu lists the documents you have recently opened. The last entry in the submenu clears the list.</para></listitem>                  
    </itemizedlist>                
  </section>

  <section xml:id="desktop-menu"><info><title lang="en">System Menu</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>System Menu</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu allows you to set your preferences for the MATE Desktop, get help with using MATE, and log out or shut down.</para>  
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The <guimenuitem>Control Center</guimenuitem> item contains preference tools to configure your computer. For more information on using these preference tools, see <xref linkend="prefs"/>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> item launches the Help Browser.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The <guimenuitem>About MATE</guimenuitem> item has a brief introduction to MATE, links to the MATE website, and credits.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The <guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem> command starts your screensaver, and requires your password to return to the desktop. For more on this, see <xref linkend="lock-screen"/>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Choose <guimenuitem>Log Out</guimenuitem> to log out of MATE, or to switch user.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Choose <guimenuitem>Shut Down</guimenuitem> to end your MATE session and turn off your computer, or restart it.</para></listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
     
     <para lang="en">For more on logging out and shutting down, see <xref linkend="shutdown"/>.</para> 

  </section>

  <section xml:id="menu-editor"><info><title lang="en">Customizing the Panel Menubar</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-54"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>menus</primary>
      <secondary>customizing</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">You can modify the contents of the following menus:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <para lang="en">To edit the items in these menus, right-click on the panel menubar, and choose <guimenuitem>Edit Menus</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Menu Layout</guilabel> window opens.</para>
    <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Menu Layout</guilabel> window lists the menus in the left pane. Click on the expand arrows to show or hide submenus. Choose a menu in the left pane to see its items listed in the right pane.</para>
    <para lang="en">To remove an item from a menu, deselect it in the list. The item can be added back to the menu by selecting it once again.</para>

  </section>
</chapter><!-- Menus -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="caja" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Working with Files</title></info>
  
  <!-- ID tag preserved for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-1"/>

  <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-56"/>

  <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
  <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager / To Open Files -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-58"/>

  <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
  <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager / To Move Files -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-57"/>

  <!-- MOVE THESE ANCHORS -->
  <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-11"/>
  <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop / To Open Desktop Objects -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-29"/>
  <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop / To Add Objects-->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-19"/>
  <!-- Using the Start Here Location -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-445"/>
  <!-- To Choose a View in Which to Display a File or Folder - (image/text view) -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-100"/>
  <!-- To Modify the Behavior of a View -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-111"/>
  <!-- To Resize an Icon in Icon View - (This can only be done on desktop now) -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-103"/>
  <!-- To Execute Other Actions When Displaying a File -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-73"/>

  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">This chapter describes how to use the <application>Caja</application> file manager.</para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="goscaja-21"><info><title>Uvod</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>introduction</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-22"><info><title lang="en">File Manager Functionality</title></info>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Caja</application> file manager provides
a simple and integrated way to manage your files and applications. You can use the
file manager to do the following:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
       <listitem><para lang="en">Create folders and documents</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">Display your files and folders</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">Search and manage your files</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">Run scripts and launch applications</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">Customize the appearance of files and folders</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">Open special locations on your computer</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">Write data to a CD or DVD</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">Install and remove fonts</para></listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
    <para lang="en">The file manager lets you organize your files into folders. Folders can contain files and may also contain other folders. Using folders can help you find your files more easily.</para>
    <para lang="en"><application>Caja</application> also manages the desktop. The desktop
lies behind all other visible items on your screen. The desktop
is an active component of the way you use your computer.</para>
    <para lang="en">Every user has a Home Folder. The Home Folder contains all user's files. The desktop is another folder. The desktop contains special icons allowing easy access to the users Home Folder, Trash, and also removable media such as floppy disks, CDs and USB flash drives.</para>
    <para lang="en"><application>Caja</application> is always running while you are using MATE. To open a new <application>Caja</application> window, double-click on an appropriate icon on the desktop such as <guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem>, or choose an item from <xref linkend="places-menu"/> on the top panel.</para>
    <para lang="en">In MATE many things are files, such as word processor documents, spreadsheets, photos, movies, and music.</para>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="caja-presentation"><info><title lang="en">File Manager Presentation</title></info>
    
    <para lang="en"><application>Caja</application> provides two modes in which you can interact with your filesystem: spatial and browser mode. You may decide which method you prefer and set  <application>Caja</application> to always use this by selecting (or deselecting) <guilabel>Always open in browser windows</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel> tab of the <xref linkend="caja-preferences"/>.</para>
    <para lang="en">Browser mode is the default in MATE, but your distributor, vendor, or system administrator may have configured <application>Caja</application> to use spatial mode by default.</para>
    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-always-use-browser"><info><title lang="en">Dconf-Editor showing the value of always-use-browser key for gsettings org.mate.caja.preferences schema</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_always_use_browser.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Dconf-Editor showing the value of always-use-browser key for gsettings org.mate.caja.preferences schema.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    <para lang="en">The following explains the difference between the two modes:</para>
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry><!-- BROWSER -->
          <term lang="en">Browser mode: browse your files and folders</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">The file manager window represents a browser, which can display any location. Opening a folder updates the current file manager window to show the contents of the new folder.</para>
            <para lang="en">As well as the folder contents, the browser window displays a toolbar with common actions and locations, a location bar that shows the current location in the hierarchy of folders, and a sidebar that can hold different kinds of information.</para>
             <para lang="en">In Browser Mode, you typically have fewer file manager windows open at a time. For more information on using browser mode see <xref linkend="caja-browser-mode"/>.</para>
          <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-browser-mode"><info><title lang="en"><application>Caja</application> in browser mode</title></info>
            <screenshot>
              <mediaobject lang="en">
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_browser_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>Caja in browser mode.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
          </figure>
          </listitem>        
        </varlistentry><!-- SPATIAL -->
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en">Spatial mode: navigate your files and folders as objects </term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">The file manager window represents a particular folder. Opening a folder opens the new window for that folder. Each time you open a particular folder, you will find its window displayed in the same place on the screen and the same size as the last time you viewed it (this is the reason for the name 'spatial mode').</para>
            <para lang="en">Using spatial mode may lead to more open file manager windows on the screen. On the other hand, some users find that representing files and folders as though they were real physical objects with particular locations makes it easier to work with them. For more information on using spatial mode see <xref linkend="caja-spatial-mode"/></para>
        
            <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-spatial-mode"><info><title lang="en">Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode</title></info>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject lang="en">
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
                  </imageobject>
                  <textobject>
                    <phrase>Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode.</phrase>
                  </textobject>
                </mediaobject>
              </screenshot>
            </figure>
            <note>
              <para lang="en">Notice how, when in spatial mode, <application>Caja</application> indicates an open folder with a different icon.</para>
            </note>
          </listitem>             
        </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>   
  </section>
  </section>

  <!-- ====================================================== Spatial mode -->  
  <section xml:id="caja-spatial-mode"><info><title lang="en">Spatial Mode</title></info>
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-24"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>navigating</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The following section describes how to browse your system using the <application>Caja</application> file manager when configured in spatial mode. In spatial mode, each <application>Caja</application> window corresponds to a single folder. When you open a folder its window appears at the same place on the screen as the last time you looked at it. This is the default behavior in <application>Caja</application>.</para>
    <para lang="en">For a comparison of browser mode and spatial mode, see <xref linkend="caja-presentation"/>.</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-510"><info><title lang="en">Spatial Windows</title></info>
      <para lang="en">A new spatial window opens each time you open a folder. To open a folder, do one of the following:</para>
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-25"/><!-- removed id: Displaying Folder Contents -->
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Double-click the folder's icon on the desktop or an existing window</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Select the folder, and press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Select the folder, and press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Choose an item from the <xref linkend="places-menu"/> on the top panel. Your Home Folder and folders you have bookmarked are listed here. For more on bookmarks, see <xref linkend="caja-bookmarks"/>.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
      <para lang="en">To close the current folder while opening the new one, hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> when double-clicking, or press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo>.</para>

      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-504"/> shows a spatial mode window
that displays the contents of the Computer folder.</para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-504"><info><title lang="en">Contents of a folder in a spatial mode.<indexterm lang="en"><primary>file
manager</primary><secondary>icon view</secondary><tertiary>illustration</tertiary></indexterm></title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_view.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Displaying a folder in spatial mode.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
    <para lang="en">In spatial mode each open <application>Caja</application> windows shows only one location. Selecting a second location will open a second <application>Caja</application> window. Because each location remembers the previous position on screen in which it was opened it allows you to easily recognize folders when many of them are open at once.</para>
    <para lang="en">Some people consider spatial mode better, particularly for moving files or folders to different location, others find the number of open windows daunting. <xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-naut-spatial-many-open"/> shows an example of spatial browsing with many open locations.</para>
        <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-spatial-many-open"><info><title lang="en">Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode</title></info>
          <screenshot>
            <mediaobject lang="en">
              <imageobject>
                <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
              </imageobject>
              <textobject>
                <phrase>Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode.</phrase>
              </textobject>
            </mediaobject>
          </screenshot>
        </figure>
<note>
<para lang="en">Because spatial mode will fill your screen with <application>Caja</application> windows, it is important to be able to reposition them effectively. By holding the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key and clicking anywhere within the bounds of a <application>Caja</application> window you may reposition it simply, instead of requiring that you reposition it by dragging its title bar.</para>
</note>
  </section>

   <section xml:id="caja-spatial-components"><info><title lang="en">Spatial Window Components</title></info>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-85"/> describes the components of file
object windows.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-85"><info><title lang="en">The Spatial Window Components</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="29.39*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="70.61*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Component</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Traka izbornika</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in the file manager.</para>
		<para lang="en">You can also open a popup menu from file manager windows. To open this
popup menu right-click in a file manager window. The items in this menu depend
on where you right-click. For example, when you right-click on a file or folder,
you can choose items related to the file or folder. When you right-click on
the background of a view pane, you can choose items related to the display
of items in the view pane.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
		<anchor xml:id="goscaja-components-view"/>
                <para lang="en">View pane</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Shows the contents of the following:</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>Mape</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">FTP sites</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Windows shares</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">WebDAV servers</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Locations that correspond to special URIs</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Statusbar</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Displays status information.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Parent folder selector</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">This drop-down list shows the hierarchy of the folder. Choose a folder from the list to open it.</para>
                <tip><para lang="en">Hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> while choosing from the list to close the current folder as you open the new one.</para></tip>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-4"><info><title lang="en">Displaying Your Home Folder in a Spatial Window</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Home location</secondary>
        <see>Home location</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Home location</primary>
        <secondary>displaying</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To display your Home Folder,
perform one of the following actions:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Double-click on the <guilabel>Home</guilabel> object on the
desktop.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">From a folder window's menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para> 
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">From the top panel menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">The spatial window displays the contents of your Home Folder.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-511"><info><title lang="en">Displaying a Parent Folder</title></info>
      <para lang="en">A parent folder is the folder that contains the current folder. To display the contents of your current folder's parent, do one of the following:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Parent</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Choose from the parent folder selector at the bottom left of the window.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">To close the current folder while opening the parent, hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> while choosing from the parent folder selector, or press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-512"><info><title lang="en">Closing Folders</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To close folders you may simply click on the close window button, this however may not be the most efficient way to close many windows.
If you would like to view only the current folder, and not the folders you opened to reach the current folder, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close Parent Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
If want to close all folders on the screen, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close All Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-501"><info><title lang="en">Displaying a Folder in a Browser Window</title></info>
      <para lang="en">If you wish to display a single folder in browser mode, while otherwise continuing to work in spatial mode, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select a folder while in spatial mode.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Browse Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-open-location"><info><title lang="en">Opening a Location</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can open a folder or other location in spatial mode by typing its name.</para>
      <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice>
	<shortcut>
		<keycombo><keysym>L</keysym></keycombo>
	</shortcut>
	<guimenu>File</guimenu>
	<guimenuitem>Open Location</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>, and type the path or URI of the location you wish to open.
</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!-- ====================================================== Browser mode -->
  <section xml:id="caja-browser-mode"><info><title lang="en">Browser Mode</title></info>
    <!-- Viewing Files in a File Browser Window -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-210"/>   
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-447"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>windows</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The following section describes how to browse your system using the <application>Caja</application> file manager when configured in browser mode. In browser mode, opening a folder updates the current file manager to show the contents of the new folder.</para>
    <para lang="en">For a comparison of browser mode and spatial mode, see <xref linkend="caja-presentation"/>.</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-492"><info><title lang="en">The File Browser Window</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can access the file browser in the following ways:
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>File Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">While in spatial mode you may open a folder in browser mode by right clicking on that folder and choosing <guimenuitem>Browse Folder</guimenuitem>. A new file browser window will then open and display the contents of the selected folder.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">If <application>Caja</application> is set to always open browser windows, double clicking any folder will open a browser window, see <xref linkend="goscaja-56"/>.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist></para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-home-browser-mode"><info><title lang="en">Contents of a Folder in a File Browser Window</title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_browser_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase> A folder in a file browser window.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">In some distributions of the MATE Desktop, the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> toolbar button might have another designation, for example, <guibutton>Documents</guibutton>.</para>
      </note>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-493"><info><title lang="en">The File Browser Window Components</title></info>
        <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-83"/> describes the components of a file
browser window.</para>
        <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-83"><info><title lang="en">File Browser Window Components</title></info>
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="29.39*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="70.61*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">Component</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>Opis</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>Traka izbornika</para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in the file manager.</para>
		              <para lang="en"><!-- TODO MOVE ME to a new section -->You can also open a popup menu from file manager windows. To open this
popup menu right-click in a file manager window. The items in this menu depend
on where you right-click. For example, when you right-click on a file or folder,
you can choose items related to the file or folder. When you right-click on
the background of a view pane, you can choose items related to the display
of items in the view pane.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>Alatna traka</para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Contains buttons that you use to perform tasks in the file manager.</para>
<itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guibutton>Back</guibutton> Returns to the previously visited location. The adjacent drop down list also contains a list of the most recently visited locations to allow you to return to them faster.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guimenu>Forward</guimenu> Performs the opposite function to the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar item. If you have previously navigated back in time, then this button returns you to the present.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guibutton>Up</guibutton> Moves up one level to the parent of the current folder.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guibutton>Reload</guibutton> Refreshes the contents of the current folder.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guibutton>Home</guibutton> Opens your Home Folder.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guibutton>Computer</guibutton> Opens your Computer folder.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guibutton>Search</guibutton> Opens the search bar.</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Location bar</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">The location bar is a very powerful tool for navigating your computer. It can appear in three different ways depending on your selection. For more on using the location bar see <xref linkend="caja-location-bar"/>. In all three configurations the location bar always contains the following items.</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guimenu>Zoom</guimenu> buttons: Enable you to change the
size of items in the view pane.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>View as</guilabel> drop-down list: Enables you to
choose how to show items in your view pane.</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
              		<anchor xml:id="goscaja-540"/>
                  <para lang="en">Side pane</para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Performs the following functions:</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en">Shows information about the current file or folder. </para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Enables you to navigate through your files. </para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
                <para lang="en">To display the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The side pane contains a drop-down list that enables
you to choose what to show in the side pane. You can choose from the following
options:</para>                
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Places</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para lang="en">Displays places of particular interest.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Information</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para lang="en">Displays the icon and information about the current folder. Buttons may appear in the side pane, these buttons
enable you to perform actions on the current folder, other than the default action.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para lang="en">Displays a hierarchical representation of your file system. You can
use the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> to navigate through your files.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>History</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para lang="en">Contains a history list of files, folders, FTP sites, and URIs that
you have recently visited.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Notes</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para lang="en">Enables you to add notes to your files and folders.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para lang="en">Contains emblems that you can add to a file or folder.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">To close the side pane, click on the <guibutton>X</guibutton> button
at the top right of the side pane.</para>
                </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
		<anchor xml:id="goscaja-53"/>
                <para lang="en">View pane</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Shows the contents of the following:</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>Mape</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">FTP sites</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Windows shares</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">WebDAV servers</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Locations that correspond to special URIs</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Statusbar</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Displays status information.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-18"><info><title lang="en">Showing and Hiding File Browser Window Components</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>window components, showing
and hiding</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To show or hide any of the components of the file browser described in <xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-83"/> select any of the following items from the menu:<!-- TODO clean this up, it's too robotic! --></para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To hide the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the
side pane again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again. Alternatively you may press <keycap>F9</keycap> to toggle the visibility of the side pane.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To hide the toolbar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Main Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the
toolbar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Main Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To hide the location bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Bar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display
the location bar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Bar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To hide the statusbar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the
statusbar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again. </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-location-bar"><info><title lang="en">Using the Location Bar</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>window components, showing
and hiding</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The file browser's location bar can show either a location field, a button bar, or a search field. Each is useful in different situations. </para>


    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guilabel>Button bar</guilabel></para>
        <para lang="en">By default the button bar is shown. This shows a row of buttons representing the current location's hierarchy, with a button for each containing folder. Click on the button to jump between folders in the hierarchy. You can return to the original folder, which is shown as the last button in the row.</para>
        <para lang="en">You can also drag buttons, for example to another location, in order to copy a folder.</para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-903"><info><title lang="en">The button bar</title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_button_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The button bar.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      </listitem>    
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guilabel>Text Location Bar</guilabel></para>
        <para lang="en">The text location bar shows the current location as a text path, for example: '/home/user/Documents'. The location field is particularly useful for jumping to a known folder very quickly.</para>
        <para lang="en">To go to a new location, type a new path or edit the current one, then press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The path field automatically completes what you are typing when there is only one possibility. To accept the suggested completion, press <keycap>Tab</keycap>.</para>
      <para lang="en">To always use the text location bar, click on the toggle button at the left of the location bar.</para>
      <para lang="en">To quickly switch to the text location bar while using the button bar, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press <keycap>Leading Slash (/)</keycap> to type a path from the root directory. The location bar shows the location buttons again after you press <keycap>Enter</keycap> or cancel with <keycap>Escape</keycap>.</para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-902"><info><title lang="en">The location bar</title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_go_to_location.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The location bar.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guilabel>Search bar</guilabel></para>
        <para lang="en">By pressing <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> or selecting the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> toolbar button the search bar appears. For more information on searching see <xref linkend="caja-searching"/>. The search bar is excellent for locating files of folders when you are not sure of their exact location.</para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-904"><info><title lang="en">The search bar</title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_search_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The search bar.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-499"><info><title lang="en">Displaying Your Home Folder</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Home folder</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Home location</secondary>
        <see>Home location</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Home location</primary>
        <secondary>displaying</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To quickly display your Home Folder,
perform one of the following actions from a file browser window:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> toolbar button. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button in the Places side pane. </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">The file browser window displays the contents of your Home Folder.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-500"><info><title lang="en">Displaying a Folder</title></info>
      <para lang="en">The contents of a folder can be displayed in either list or icon view by selecting the appropriate item in the location bar <guilabel>View as</guilabel> menu. For more information on the list and icon view see <xref linkend="goscaja-7"/></para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Double-click on the folder in the view pane.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane. For more
information, see <xref linkend="goscaja-27"/>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> buttons in the location bar.
</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> to show the text <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field, type the path
of the folder that you want to display, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.
The <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field includes an autocomplete feature.
As you type a path, the file manager reads your file system. When you type
enough characters to uniquely identify a directory, the file manager completes
the name of the directory in the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button and the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button to browse through your navigation history.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">To change to the folder that is one level above the current folder,
choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Up</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, click on the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> toolbar
button.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-26"><info><title lang="en">Displaying a Parent Folder</title></info>
      <para lang="en">The parent folder of the current folder which you are browsing is the one which exists, in a hierarchical representation, one level above the current. To display the contents of  parent folder, perform one of the
following steps:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> button on the toolbar.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Parent</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menubar. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-27"><info><title lang="en">Using the Tree From the Side Pane</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Tree, using </secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Tree, using</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> view is one of the most useful features of the side pane. It displays a hierarchical representation of your file system and provides a convenient way to browse and to navigate
your file system. To display the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane, choose <guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem> from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane. </para>
<para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>view, open folders are represented as downwards facing arrows.</para>
      
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-34"/> describes tasks you can
perform with the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>, and how to do so.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-34"><info><title lang="en">Tree Tasks</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Task</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Radnja</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Open the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> from the drop-down
list at the top of the side pane.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Close the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose another item from the drop-down list at the
top of the side pane.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Expand a folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Click on the arrow next to the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Collapse a folder in the <guilabel> Tree</guilabel>.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Click on the arrow next to the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Display the contents of
a folder in the view pane.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Open a file.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select the file in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para lang="en">You can set your preferences so that the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> does
not display files. For more information, see <xref linkend="goscaja-438"/>. </para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-5"><info><title lang="en">Using Your Navigation History</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>navigating history list</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The file browser window maintains a history
list of files, folders, FTP sites, and URI locations you have recently visited. You can use the history
list to navigate to quickly return to these places. Your history list contains the last ten items that
you viewed.</para>
      <para lang="en">To clear your history list choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Clear History</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-77"><info><title lang="en">Navigating Your History List Using the Go Menu</title></info>
        <para lang="en">To display a list of previously-viewed items, choose the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu. Your history list is displayed in the lower part of the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu. To open an item in your history list, simply click on the item.</para>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-78"><info><title lang="en">Navigating Your History List Using the Toolbar</title></info>
        <para lang="en">To use the toolbar to navigate your history list, perform one of the
following actions:</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">To open the folder or URI in your history
list, click on the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">To open the folder or URI in your history list,
click on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">To display a list of previously-viewed items, click on the
down arrow to the right of the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button.
To open an item from this list, click on the item.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">To display a list of items that you viewed after you viewed
the current item, click on the down arrow to the right of the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button. To open an item from this list, click
on the item.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-80"><info><title lang="en">Navigating Your History List Using History in the Side Pane</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>History</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para lang="en">To display the <guilabel>History</guilabel> list in the side pane, choose <guilabel>History</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane. The <guilabel>History</guilabel> list in the side pane displays a list of your previously-viewed
items.</para>
        <para lang="en">To display an item from your history list in the view pane, double-click on
the item in the <guilabel>History</guilabel> list.</para>
      </section>
    </section>
  </section>  
  
  <!-- ======================================================== Opening -->
  <section xml:id="caja-open-file"><info><title lang="en">Opening Files</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-28"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>opening files</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">When you open a file, the file manager performs the default
action for that file type.</para>
    <para lang="en">For example, opening a music file will play it with the default music playing application, opening a text file will allow you to read and edit it in a text editor, and opening an image file will display the image.</para>
    <para lang="en">The file manager checks the contents of a file to determine the type
of a file. If the first lines do not determine the type of the file, then
the file manager checks the <glossterm>file extension</glossterm>.</para>
    <note><para lang="en">If you open an executable text file, that is, one that Caja considers can be run as a program, then you will be asked what you want to do: run it, or display it in a text editor. You can modify this behavior in <xref linkend="caja-preferences"/>.</para></note>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-29"><info><title lang="en">Executing the Default Action</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>executing default actions
for files</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To execute the default action for a
file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for plain
text documents is to display the file in a text viewer. In this case, you
can double-click on the file to  display the file in a text viewer.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can set your file manager preferences so that you click once on
a file to execute the default action. For more information, see <xref linkend="goscaja-56"/>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-30"><info><title lang="en">Executing Non-Default Actions</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>executing non-default
actions for files</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To execute actions other than
the default action for a file,  select the file that you want to perform
an action on. In the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu></menuchoice> menu you will either have "Open with" choices, or an 
<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open With</guimenuitem></menuchoice> submenu. Select the desired option from this list.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-add-actions"><info><title lang="en">Adding Actions</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-204"/><!-- Assigning Actions to Files -->

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>adding actions</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To add actions associated with a file type, perform the
following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
         <para lang="en">In the view pane, select
a file of the type to which you want to add an action.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open with Other Application</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Either choose an application in the open with dialog or browse to the program with 
which you wish to open this type.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
       <para lang="en">The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If there was 
no prior action associated with the type, the newly added action is the default.</para>
       <para lang="en">You may also add actions in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tabbed section under <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
   </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-75"><info><title lang="en">Modifying Actions</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>modifying actions</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To modify the actions associated with a file or file
type, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
         <para lang="en">In the view pane, select
a file of the type to which you want to modify the action.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
       <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Use <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons to tailor the list of actions. 
Select the default action with the option to the left of the list.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>    
   
  <!-- =========================================== Searching -->    
  </section>

  <section xml:id="caja-searching"><info><title lang="en">Searching For Files</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>searching files</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Caja</application> file manager includes an easy and simple to use way search for your files and folders. To begin a search press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> or select the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> toolbar button. The search bar should appear as in <xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-925"/></para>
                    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-925"><info><title lang="en">The search bar</title></info>
                      <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                          <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_search_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
                          </imageobject>
                          <textobject>
                            <phrase>The search bar.</phrase>
                          </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                      </screenshot>
                    </figure>
<para lang="en">Enter characters present in the name or contents of the file or folder you wish to find and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The results of your search should appear in the view pane as illustrated in <xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-926"/></para>
                    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-926"><info><title lang="en">The result of a search</title></info>
                      <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                          <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_search_results.png" format="PNG"/>
                          </imageobject>
                          <textobject>
                            <phrase>The result of a search.</phrase>
                          </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                      </screenshot>
                    </figure>
<para lang="en">If you are not happy with your search, you can refine it by adding addition conditions. This allows you to restrict the search to a specific file type or location. To add search conditions click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> icon. <xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-927"/> shows a search which has been restricted to the users home directory and to only search for text files.</para>
                    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-927"><info><title lang="en">Restricting a search</title></info>
                      <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                          <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_refine_search.png" format="PNG"/>
                          </imageobject>
                          <textobject>
                            <phrase>Restricting a search.</phrase>
                          </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                      </screenshot>
                    </figure>

    <section xml:id="caja-saving-searches"><info><title lang="en">Saving Searches</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>executing default actions for files</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">Caja searches can also be saved for future use. Once saved, searches may be reopened later. <xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-935"/> shows a user with three saved searches, browsing one of them.</para>
                    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-935"><info><title lang="en">Browsing the results of a saved search</title></info>
                    
                      <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                          <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_restore_saved_search.png" format="PNG"/>
                          </imageobject>
                          <textobject>
                            <phrase>Browsing the results of a saved search.</phrase>
                          </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                      </screenshot>
                    </figure>
<para lang="en">Saved searches behave exactly like regular folders, for example you can open, move or delete files from within a saved search.</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!-- =========================================== Managing -->
  <section xml:id="goscaja-8"><info><title lang="en">Managing Your Files and Folders</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>managing files and folders</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">This section describes how to work with your
files and folders.</para>

  	<section xml:id="caja-directories-file-systems" status="complete"><info><title lang="en">Directories and File Systems</title></info>
				<para lang="en">In Linux and other Unix-like operating systems, the filesystem is organised in a hierarchical, tree-like structure.  The highest level of the filesystem is the <filename>/</filename> or <emphasis>root directory</emphasis>.  These operating systems create a virtual file system, in which a filesystem object, such as a file or a directory, is represented by an inode. Each inode stores information about its parent and children, as well as its own attributes, among others, the owner, the permissions, the last change, access or modification of the filesystem object.
  				</para>
  				<para lang="en">For example, <filename>/home/jebediah/cheeses.odt</filename> shows the correct full path to the <filename>cheeses.odt</filename> file that exists in the <filename>jebediah</filename> directory which is under the <filename>home</filename> directory, which in turn, is under the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory.
  				</para>
				<para lang="en">Underneath the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory, there is a set of important directories, or symbolic links to directories:
  				</para>
  					<itemizedlist>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/bin</filename> - important <emphasis>bin</emphasis>ary applications
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/boot</filename> - files that are required to <emphasis>boot</emphasis> the computer
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/dev</filename> - the <emphasis>dev</emphasis>ice files
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/etc</filename> - configuration files, startup scripts, <emphasis>etc</emphasis>...
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/home</filename> - local users' <emphasis>home</emphasis> directories
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/lib</filename> - system <emphasis>lib</emphasis>raries
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/lost+found</filename> - provides a <emphasis>lost+found</emphasis> system for files that exist under the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/media</filename> - mounted (loaded) removable <emphasis>media</emphasis> such as CDs, digital cameras, etc...
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/mnt</filename> - <emphasis>m</emphasis>ou<emphasis>nt</emphasis>ed filesystems
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/opt</filename> - provides a location for <emphasis>opt</emphasis>ional applications to be installed
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/proc</filename> - special dynamic directory that maintains information about the state of the system, including currently running <emphasis>proc</emphasis>esses
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/root</filename> - <emphasis>root</emphasis> user home directory, pronounced 'slash-root'
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/sbin</filename> - important <emphasis>s</emphasis>ystem <emphasis>bin</emphasis>aries
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/srv</filename> - provides a location for data used by <emphasis>s</emphasis>e<emphasis>rv</emphasis>ers</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/sys</filename> - contains information about the <emphasis>sys</emphasis>tem
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/tmp</filename> - <emphasis>t</emphasis>e<emphasis>mp</emphasis>orary files
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/usr</filename> - applications and files that are mostly available for all <emphasis>us</emphasis>e<emphasis>r</emphasis>s to access
  							</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para lang="en"><filename>/var</filename> - <emphasis>var</emphasis>iable files such as logs and databases
  							</para>
  						</listitem> 
  					</itemizedlist>
				<note><para lang="en">More detailed information on the UNIX-like filesystem hierarchy is available at Filesystem Hierarchy Standard 3.0 <link xlink:href="http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/fhs.shtml">http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/fhs.shtml</link>.</para></note>
  	</section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-7"><info><title lang="en">Using Views to Display Your Files and Folders</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>viewer components</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>views</secondary>
        <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The file manager includes views that enable you to show the contents
of your folders in different ways, icon view, and list view.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Icon view</para>
          <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-naut-icon-view"/> Shows the items in the folder as icons.
          <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-icon-view"><info><title lang="en">The Home Folder displayed in an icon view</title></info>
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_icon_view.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Your Home Folder displayed in an icon view.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
          </figure></para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">List view</para>
          <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-naut-list-view"/> Shows the items in the folder as a list.
          <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-list-view"><info><title lang="en">The Home Folder displayed in a list view</title></info>
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_list_view.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Your Home Folder displayed in a list view.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
          </figure>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">You may use the <guilabel>View</guilabel> menu, or the <guilabel>View as</guilabel> drop-down list to choose between icon or list view. You can specify how you want to arrange or sort items in the folder and modify the size of the items in the view pane. The following sections describe how to work with icon view and list view.</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-101"><info><title lang="en">To Arrange Your Files in Icon View</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>icon view</secondary>
          <tertiary>arranging files in</tertiary>
        </indexterm>
        <para lang="en">When you display
the contents of a folder in icon view, you can specify how to arrange the
items in the folder. To specify how to arrange items in icon view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Arrange Items</guisubmenu></menuchoice>.
The <guisubmenu>Arrange Items</guisubmenu> submenu contains the following
sections:</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">At the top is an option that enables you to arrange
your files manually.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">The middle section contains options that enable you to sort
your files automatically.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">The bottom section contains options that enable you to modify
how your files are arranged.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        <para lang="en">Choose the appropriate options from the submenu, as described in the
following table: </para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec6" colwidth="28.75*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec7" colwidth="71.25*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">Option</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>Opis</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Manually</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to arrange the items manually.
To arrange the items manually, drag the items to the location you require
within the view pane.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Name</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to sort the
items alphabetically by name. The order of the items is not case-sensitive.
If the file manager is set to display hidden files, the hidden files are shown
last.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Size</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to sort the
items by size, with the largest item first. When you sort items by size, the
folders are sorted by the number of items in the folder. The folders are not
sorted by the total size of the items in the folder.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Type</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to sort the
items alphabetically by object type. The items are sorted alphabetically by
the description of their <firstterm>MIME type</firstterm>. The MIME type identifies
the format of a file, and enables applications to read the file. For example,
an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal> MIME type to
detect that a PNG file is attached to an email.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Modification Date</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to sort the items by the date the items were last modified.
The most recently modified item is first.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Emblems</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to sort the
items by any emblems that are added to the items. The items are sorted alphabetically
by emblem name. Items that do not have emblems are last. </para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Compact Layout</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select
this option to arrange the items so that the items are closer to each other.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Reversed Order</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to reverse the order of the option
by which you sort the items. For example, if you sort the items by name, select
the <guilabel>Reversed Order</guilabel> option to sort the items in reverse
alphabetical order.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-listview-arrange"><info><title lang="en">To Arrange Your Files in List View</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>list view</secondary>
          <tertiary>arranging files in</tertiary>
        </indexterm>
        <para lang="en">When you display the contents of a folder in list view, you can specify how to arrange the
items in the folder. To specify how to arrange items in list view, click on the header of the column specifying the property
by which you wish to arrange the items. To inverse the sorting order click on the same column header again.</para>
        <para lang="en">To add or remove columns from the list view choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Visible Columns</guisubmenu></menuchoice></para>
        <para lang="en">The file manager remembers how you arrange the items in a particular
folder. The next time that you display the folder, the items are arranged
in the way that you selected.  In other words, when you specify how to arrange
the items in a folder, you customize the folder to display the items in that
way. To return the arrangement settings of the folder to the default arrangement
settings specified in your preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reset View to Defaults</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
      </section>

<section xml:id="goscaja-102"><info><title lang="en">To Change the Size of Items in a View</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>zooming in and out</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can change the size of items in a view. You can change
the size if the view displays a file or a folder. You can change the size
of items in a view in the following ways:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To enlarge the size of items in a view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To reduce the size of items in a view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To return items in a view to the normal size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">You can also use the zoom buttons on the location bar in a browser window to change the
size of items in a view. <xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-42"/> describes how
to use the zoom buttons.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-42"><info><title lang="en">Zoom Buttons</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="21.98*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="32.86*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="44.17*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Button</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Button Name </para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_zoom_out_button.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Zoom Out button.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guibutton>Zoom Out</guibutton> button</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Click on this button to reduce the size of items in a view.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_normal_size_button.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Normal Size button.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guibutton>Normal Size</guibutton>
button </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Click on this button to return
items in a view to normal size.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_zoom_in_button.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Zoom In button.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guibutton>Zoom In</guibutton> button</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Click on this button to enlarge the size of items in a view.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para lang="en">The file manager remembers the size of items in a particular folder.
The next time that you display the folder, the items are displayed in the
size that you selected. In other words, when you change the size of items
in a folder, you customize the folder to display the items at that size. To
return the size of the items to the default size specified in your preferences,
choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reset View
to Defaults</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
    </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-select"><info><title lang="en">Selecting Files and Folders</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-202"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>selecting files and folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can select files and folders in several
ways in the file manager. Typically, this is achieved by clicking on the files using the mouse, as explained in <xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-10"/>. In addition, <xref linkend="caja-select-pattern"/> describes how to select a group of files matching a specific pattern.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-10"><info><title lang="en">Selecting Items in the File Manager</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Task</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Radnja</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select an item</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Click on the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select a group of contiguous items</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">In icon view, drag around the files that you want to select.</para>
                <para lang="en">In list view, click
on the first item in the group. Press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap>, then
click on the last item in the group.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select multiple items</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>.
Click on the items that you want to select.</para>
                <para lang="en">Alternatively, press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, then drag around the files that you want to select.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select all items in a folder</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select All Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para lang="en">To perform the default action on an item, double-click on the item.
You can set your file manager preferences so that you click once on a file
to execute the default action. For more information, see <xref linkend="goscaja-56"/>.</para>

<section xml:id="caja-select-pattern"><info><title lang="en">Selecting Files Matching a Specific Pattern</title></info>
<para lang="en"><application>Caja</application> allows you to select all files matching a pattern based upon their filename and an optional number of wildcards. This can be useful if, for example, you wish to select all files which contain the phrase "memo" in their filename. <xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-select-pattern"/> gives some examples of possible patterns and the resulting files they would match.</para>
<table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-select-pattern"><info><title lang="en">Selecting Items in the File Manager</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Uzorak</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para lang="en">Files Matched</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">note.*</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">This pattern would match files called note, with any extension.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">*.ogg</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">This pattern would match all files with the .ogg extension</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">*memo*</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">This pattern would match all files or folders whose name contains the word memo.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para lang="en">To perform the Select Pattern command Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select Patterns</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. After entering the desired pattern you are left with those files or folders which matched the pattern selected. You may then do with the selected files or folders what you choose.</para>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-dragndrop"><info><title lang="en">Drag-and-Drop in the File Manager</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-201"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>drag-and-drop</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can use drag-and-drop to perform several tasks in the
file manager. When you drag-and-drop, the mouse pointer provides feedback
about the task that you perform. <xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-11"/> describes
the tasks that you can perform with drag-and-drop. The table also shows the
mouse pointers that appear when you drag-and-drop.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-11"><info><title lang="en">Drag-and-Drop in the File Manager</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="98.56*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="28.70*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Task</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Radnja</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Mouse Pointer</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Move an item</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Drag the item to the new location.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/move_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Move pointer.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Copy an item</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Grab the item, then press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Drag the item to the location where you want the copy to reside.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/copy_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Copy pointer.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Create a symbolic link to an item</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Grab the
item, then press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>.
Drag the item to the location where you want the symbolic link to reside.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/link_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Symbolic link pointer.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Ask what to do with the item you drag</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Grab the item, then press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap>. You may also use the middle mouse button to perform the same operation.
Drag the item to the location where you want the item to reside. Release the mouse button.
A popup menu appears. Choose one of the following items from the popup menu:</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Move here</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para lang="en">Moves the item to the location.</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Copy here</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para lang="en">Copies the item to the  location.</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Link here</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para lang="en">Creates a symbolic link to the item at the location.</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Set as Background</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para lang="en">If the item is an image, sets the image to be the background.
 You can use this command to set the background of the desktop, the side pane or the view pane.</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Cancel</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para lang="en">Cancels the drag-and-drop operation.</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/ask_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Ask pointer.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-9"><info><title lang="en">Moving a File or Folder</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>moving files and folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can move a file or folder by dragging it with the mouse, or with the cut and paste commands. The following sections describe these two methods.</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-537"><info><title lang="en">Drag to the New Location</title></info>
        <para lang="en">To drag a file or folder to a new location, perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Open two file manager windows:</para>
            <itemizedlist>
	            <listitem><para lang="en">The window containing the item you want to move.</para></listitem>
	            <listitem><para lang="en">The window you want to move it to, or the window containing the folder you want to move it to.</para></listitem>
            </itemizedlist>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Drag the file or folder that you want to move to the new location. If the new location is a window, drop it anywhere in the window. If the new location is a folder icon, drop the item you are dragging on the folder.</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
        <para lang="en">To move the file or folder to a folder that is one level below the current
location, do not open a new window. Instead, drag the file or folder to the
new location in the same window.</para>
        <tip><para lang="en">For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend="caja-dragndrop"/>.</para></tip>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-538"><info><title lang="en">Cut and Paste to the New Location</title></info>
        <para lang="en">You can cut a file or folder and paste the file or folder into another
folder, as follows:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Select the file or folder that you want to move, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Open the folder to which you want to move the file or folder,
then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste
</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-10"><info><title lang="en">Copying a File or Folder</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>copying files and folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can copy a file or folder by dragging it with the mouse, or with the copy and paste commands. The following sections describe these two methods.</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-640"><info><title lang="en">Drag to the New Location</title></info>
        <para lang="en">To copy a file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Open two file manager windows:</para>
            <itemizedlist>
	            <listitem><para lang="en">The window containing the item you want to move.</para></listitem>
	            <listitem><para lang="en">The window you want to move it to, or the window containing the folder you want to move it to.</para></listitem>
            </itemizedlist>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Drag the file or folder that you want to move to the new location. Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> either before or during the drag. If the new location is a window, drop it anywhere in the window. If the new location is a folder icon, drop the item you are dragging on the folder.</para>
          </listitem>          
        </orderedlist>
        <para lang="en">To copy the file or folder to a folder that is one level below the current
location, do not open a new window. Instead, grab the file or folder, then
press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Drag the file or folder to the new location
in the same window.</para>
        <tip><para lang="en">For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend="caja-dragndrop"/>.</para></tip>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-441"><info><title lang="en">Copy and Paste to the New Location</title></info>
        
        <para lang="en">You can copy a file or folder and paste the file or folder into another
folder, as follows:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Select the file or folder that you want to copy, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Open the folder to which you want to copy the file or folder,
then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste
</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-82"><info><title lang="en">Duplicating a File or Folder</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>duplicating files and
folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To create a copy of a file or folder
in the current folder, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file or folder that you want to duplicate.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Duplicate</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
          <para lang="en">A copy of the file or folder appears in the current folder.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-11"><info><title lang="en">Creating a Folder</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>creating folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To create a folder, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Open the folder where you want to create the new folder.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click
on the background of the window, then choose <guimenuitem>Create Folder</guimenuitem>.</para>
          <para lang="en">An <guilabel>untitled</guilabel> folder is added to the location. The
name of the folder is selected.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Type a name for the folder, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>. </para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-templates-docs"><info><title lang="en">Templates and Documents</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>creating documents</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can create templates from documents that you frequently
create. For example, if you often create invoices, you can create an empty
invoice document and save the document as <literal>invoice.doc</literal> in
the <literal>$HOME/Templates</literal> folder.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can also access the templates folder from a file browser window.
Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Templates</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
      <para lang="en">The template name is displayed as a submenu item in the <guilabel>Create
Document</guilabel> menu.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can also create subfolders in the template folder. Subfolders display
as submenus in the menu. </para>
      <para lang="en">You can also share templates. Create a symbolic link from the template
folder to the folder containing the shared templates. </para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-514"><info><title lang="en">To Create a Document</title></info>
        <para lang="en">If you have document templates, you can choose to create a document
from one of the installed templates. </para>
        <para lang="en">To create a document perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Select the folder where you want to create the new document.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on
the background of the view pane, then choose <guimenuitem>Create Document</guimenuitem>.</para>
            <para lang="en">The names of any available templates are displayed as submenu items
from the <guilabel>Create Document</guilabel> menu.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Double-click on the template name for the document that you
want to create. </para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Rename the document before saving to the appropriate folder.</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-12"><info><title lang="en">Renaming a File or Folder</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>renaming folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To rename a file or folder perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file or folder that you want to rename.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file
or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>.</para>
          <para lang="en">The name of the file or folder is selected.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Type a new name for the file or folder, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-13"><info><title lang="en">Moving a File or Folder to Trash</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Trash</secondary>
        <see>Trash</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Trash</primary>
        <secondary>moving files or folders to</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To move a file or folder
to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file or folder that you want to move to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the
file or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para lang="en">Alternatively, you can drag the file or folder to the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object on the desktop.</para>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">When you move a file or folder from a removable media to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, the file or folder is stored in a <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>
location on the removable media. To remove the file or folder permanently
from the removable media, you must empty <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>.</para>
      </note>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-443"><info><title lang="en">Deleting a File or Folder</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>deleting files or folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">When you delete a file or folder, the file or
folder is not moved to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, but is deleted from your
file system immediately. The <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item is
only available if you select the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses
Trash</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel>
 dialog. </para>
      <para lang="en">To delete a file or folder perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file or folder that you want to delete.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file
or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para lang="en">
	Alternatively, select the file or folder you want to delete, and press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>. 
	<note>
	  <para lang="en">
	    This shortcut is independent from the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel> option. 
	  </para>
	</note>
      </para>
    </section>
    <section xml:id="caja-symlink"><info><title lang="en">Creating a Symbolic Link to a File or Folder</title></info>
      
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-14"/>        
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>creating symbolic link</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>symbolic link</primary>
        <secondary>to file or folder, creating</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">A symbolic link is
a special type of file that points to another file or folder. When you perform
an action on a symbolic link, the action is performed on the file or folder
to which the symbolic link points. However, when you delete a symbolic link,
you delete the link file, not the file to which the symbolic link points.</para>
      <para lang="en">To create a symbolic link to a file or folder, select the file or folder
to which you want to create a link. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Make Link</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A link to the
file or folder is added to the current folder. </para>
      <para lang="en">Alternatively, grab the item to which you want to create a link, then
press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>. Drag the item
to the location where you want to place the link.</para>
      <para lang="en">By default, the file manager adds an emblem to symbolic links.</para>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">The permissions of a symbolic link are determined by the file
or folder to which a symbolic link points.</para>
      </note>
      <tip><para lang="en">For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend="caja-dragndrop"/>.</para></tip>      
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-476"><info><title lang="en">Viewing the Properties of a File or Folder</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>viewing properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To view the properties of a file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file or folder whose properties you want to view.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A properties dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Use the properties dialog to view the properties of the file or folder. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

      <para lang="en">The following table lists the properties that you can view or set for files and folders, the exact information shown depends on the object type:</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="27.27*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="72.73*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Property</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Ime</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The name of the file or folder. You can change the name here and the file or folder will be renamed when you click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Vrsta</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The type of object, file or folder for example.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Lokacija</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The system path for the object. This represents where the object is situated on your computer, relative to the system root.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Glasnoća</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The volume on which a folder resides. This is the physical location of the folder, on which media it resides, for example which hard disk or CD-ROM drive.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Free space</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The amount of free space on the media upon which a folder resides. This represents the maximum amount of data you can copy to this folder.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>MIME vrsta</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The official naming of the type of file.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Modified</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The date and time at which the object was last changed.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Accessed</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The date and time at which the object was last viewed.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-permissions-overview" status="review"><info><title lang="en">File Permissions</title></info>
        <para lang="en">Permissions are settings assigned to each file and folder
  that determine what type of access users can have to the file or folder. For example, you can determine whether other users can read and edit a file that belongs to you, or only have access to read it but not make changes to it.</para>
        <para lang="en">Each file belongs to a particular user, and is associated with a group that the owner belongs to. The super user "root" has the ability to access any file on the system.</para>
        <para lang="en">You can set permissions for three categories of users:</para>        
        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry><term>Vlasnik</term>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">The user that created the file or folder.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term>Skupina</term>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">A group of users to which the owner belongs.</para>
            </listitem>     
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term>Ostali</term>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">All other users not already included.</para>
            </listitem>     
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
        <para lang="en">For each category of user, different permissions can be set. These behave differently for files and folders, as follows:
        </para>
        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry><term>čitaj</term>
            <listitem>          
            <para lang="en">Files can be opened</para>
            <para lang="en">Directory contents can be displayed</para>
            </listitem>          
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term>zapisuj</term>
            <listitem>          
            <para lang="en">Files can be edited or deleted</para>
            <para lang="en">Directory contents can be modified</para>
             </listitem>          
         </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term lang="en">execute</term>
            <listitem>          
            <para lang="en">Executable files can be run as a program</para>
            <para lang="en">Directories can be entered</para>
            </listitem>          
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>        

        <para lang="en">For more on changing the permissions for a file or folder, see <xref linkend="caja-permissions"/>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-permissions"><info><title lang="en">Changing Permissions</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-430"/>
      
      <section xml:id="caja-permissions-file"><info><title lang="en">Changing Permissions for a File</title></info>    
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>changing permissions</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>permissions</primary>
          <secondary>changing file</secondary>
        </indexterm>      
        <para lang="en">To change the permissions of a file, perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Select the file that you want to change. </para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click on the <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">To change the file's group, choose from the groups the user belongs to in the drop-down selector.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>          
            <para lang="en">For each of the owner, the group, and all other users, choose from these permissions for the file:</para>
            <variablelist>
              <varlistentry><term>Nijedan</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">No access to the file is possible. (You can't set this for the owner.)</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>Samo za čitanje</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">The users can open a file to see its contents, but not make any changes.</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>Čitaj i zapisuj</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Normal access to a file is possible: it can be opened and saved.</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
            </variablelist>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">To allow a file to be run as a program, select <guilabel>Execute</guilabel></para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>   
      </section>    

      <section xml:id="caja-permissions-folder"><info><title lang="en">Changing Permissions for a Folder</title></info>    
        
        
        <para lang="en">To change the permissions of a folder, perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Select the folder that you want to change. </para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click on the <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">To change the folder's group, choose from the groups the user belongs to in the drop-down selector.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>          
            <para lang="en">For each of the owner, the group, and all other users, choose from these folder access permissions:</para>
            <variablelist>
              <varlistentry><term>Nijedan</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">No access to the folder is possible. (You can't set this for the owner.)</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>Prikaži samo datoteke</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">The users can see the items in the folder, but not open any of them.</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>Pristup datotekama</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Items in the folder can be opened and modified, provided their own permissions allow it.</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>Stvori i izbriši datoteke</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">The user can create new files and delete files in the folder, in addition to being able to access existing files.</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
            </variablelist>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>  
       
        <para lang="en">To set permissions for all the items contained in a folder, set the <guilabel>File Access</guilabel> and <guilabel>Execute</guilabel> properties and click on <guibutton>Apply permissions to enclosed files</guibutton>.</para>
      </section>           

    </section>
    
    <section xml:id="goscaja-200"><info><title lang="en">Adding Notes to Files and Folders</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can add notes to files or folders. You can add notes to files or
folders in the following ways:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">From the properties dialog</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">From <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> in the side pane</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>

      <section xml:id="caja-notes"><info><title lang="en">To Add a Note Using the Properties Dialog</title></info>
        <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
        <anchor xml:id="goscaja-472"/>           
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>notes</primary>
          <secondary>adding to files and folders</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>notes</secondary>
          <tertiary>adding</tertiary>
        </indexterm>
        <para lang="en">To add a note
to a file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Select the file or folder to which you want to add a note. </para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click on the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tab. In the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tabbed section, type the note.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties
dialog. A note emblem is added to the file or folder.</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
        <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>notes</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm><indexterm lang="en"><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>notes</secondary><tertiary>deleting</tertiary></indexterm>To delete a note, delete the note text from the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
      </section>
      <section xml:id="goscaja-473"><info><title lang="en">To Add a Note Using Notes in the Side Pane</title></info>
        
        <para lang="en">To add a note to a file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Open the file or folder to which you want to add a note in
the view pane.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> from the drop-down list
at the top of the side pane. To display the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Type the note in the side pane. A note emblem is added to
the file or folder in the view pane, and a note icon is added to the side
pane. You can click on this icon to display the note.</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
        <para lang="en">To delete a note, delete the note text from <guilabel>Notes</guilabel>
in the side pane.</para>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-bookmarks"><info><title lang="en">Using Bookmarks For Your Favorite Locations</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-36"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>bookmarks</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can keep a list of <firstterm>bookmarks</firstterm> in <application>Caja</application>: folders and other locations that you frequently need to open.</para>
      <para lang="en">Your bookmarks are listed in the following places:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu on the top panel.</para></listitem>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu in a folder window.</para></listitem>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">The <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> menu in a <application>Caja</application> browser window.</para></listitem>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">The side pane in the <xref linkend="filechooser-open"/>. This allows you to quickly open a file that is in one of your bookmarked locations.</para></listitem>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">The list of commonly used locations in the <xref linkend="filechooser-save"/>. This allows you to quickly save a file to a location you have in your bookmarks.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
      <para lang="en">To open an item that is in your bookmarks, choose the item from a menu.</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-40"><info><title lang="en">Adding a Bookmark</title></info>
        <para lang="en">To add a bookmark, open the folder or location that you want to bookmark, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        <para lang="en">If you are using a <application>Caja</application> browser window, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-41"><info><title lang="en">To Edit a Bookmark</title></info>
        <para lang="en">To edit your bookmarks perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or in a browser window, <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. An <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel>
dialog is displayed. </para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Select the bookmark on the left side of
the <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog. Edit the details for the bookmark
on the right side of the <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog, as follows:</para>
            <informaltable frame="topbot">
              <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <colspec colwidth="27.27*"/>
                <colspec colwidth="72.73*"/>
                <thead>
                  <row rowsep="1">
                    <entry>
                      <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry>
                      <para>Opis</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                </thead>
                <tbody>
                  <row>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Name</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">Use this text box to specify the name that identifies the
bookmark in the menus.</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Location</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">Use this field to specify the location of the bookmark.</para>
                      <para lang="en">Folders on your system use the <uri>file:///</uri> URI.</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                </tbody>
              </tgroup>
            </informaltable>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark on the left side
of the dialog. Click <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>. </para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-trash"><info><title lang="en">Using Trash</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-44"/>         
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_trash_launcher.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Trash icon, empty.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Trash</primary>
        <secondary>introduction</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">Trash is a special folder that holds files that you no longer want to keep.
Files in the Trash are not deleted permanently until you empty the trash. This two-stage process is in 
case you change your mind, or accidentally remove the wrong file.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can move the following items to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>Datoteke</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Mape</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Desktop objects</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">If you need to retrieve a file from <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, you
can display <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> and move the file out of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>. When you empty <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, you delete the
contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> permanently. </para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-107"><info><title lang="en">To Display Trash</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>Trash</primary>
          <secondary>displaying</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para lang="en">You can display the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> in the following
ways:</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">From a file browser window</para>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> are displayed in
the window.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">From a spatial window</para>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> are
displayed in the window.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">From the desktop</para>
            <para lang="en">Double-click on the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object on the desktop.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </section>
      <section xml:id="goscaja-108"><info><title lang="en">To Empty Trash</title></info>
        
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>Trash</primary>
          <secondary>emptying</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para lang="en">You can empty the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> in the following
ways:</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">From a file browser window</para>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Empty
Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">From the desktop</para>
            <para lang="en">Right-click on the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object, then choose <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem>.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
   <caution>
    <para lang="en">When you empty trash, you destroy all files in the trash. Be sure that the trash only contains files
you no longer need.
    </para>
   </caution>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-hidden-files"><info><title lang="en">Hidden Files</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>hidden</primary>
        <secondary>files</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">By default, <application>Caja</application> does not display certain system and backup files in folders. This prevents accidental modification or deletion of them, which  can impair the operation of your computer, and also reduces clutter in locations such as your Home Folder. Caja does not display:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Hidden files, whose filename begins with a period (.),</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Backup files, whose filename ends with a tilde (~)</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Files that are listed in a particular folder's <filename>.hidden</filename> file.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
      <para lang="en">You may hide or show hidden files in a particular folder by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
      
      <para lang="en">To set <application>Caja</application> to always show hidden files, see  <xref linkend="caja-preferences"/>.</para>

      <section xml:id="caja-managing-hidden-files"><info><title lang="en">Hiding a File or Folder</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>create</primary>
          <secondary>hidden</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para lang="en">To hide a file or folder in <application>Caja</application>, either rename the file so its name begins with the period (.) character, or create a text file named <filename>.hidden</filename> in the same folder, and add its name to it, as in the example below:</para>
        <programlisting lang="en">filename
foldername</programlisting>
        <para lang="en">You may need to refresh the relevant <application>Caja</application> window to see the change: press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
      </section>
  </section>
  </section>
  <!-- ====================================================== File properties -->    

  <section xml:id="caja-properties"><info><title lang="en">Item Properties</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-51"/><!-- was: changing icon, but linked to from the GUI -->

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>properties</secondary>
    </indexterm>    
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>file properties</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Item Properties</guilabel> window shows more information about any file, folder, or other item in the file manager. With this window, you can also do the following:</para> 
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Change the icon for an item: see <xref linkend="caja-icon"/>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Add or remove emblems for an item: see <xref linkend="caja-emblems"/>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Change the UNIX file permissions for an item: see <xref linkend="caja-permissions"/>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Choose which application is used to open an item, and others of the same type.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Add notes to an item: see <xref linkend="caja-notes"/>.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para lang="en">To open the item properties window, perform the following steps:</para>
    <orderedlist>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">Select the item whose properties you want to examine or change. If you select more than one item, the properties window will show the properties that are in common to all items.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">Do one of the following:</para>
  	      <itemizedlist>
        	  <listitem><para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice>
  <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Right-click on the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>.</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
	    </listitem>
    </orderedlist>
  </section>  
  
  <!-- ====================================================== Appearance -->  
  <section xml:id="goscaja-203"><info><title lang="en">Modifying the Appearance of Files and Folders</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>modifying appearance of files and folders</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Caja</application> file manager enables you to modify the appearance of your files and folders in several ways. You may customize the way files or folders look by attaching emblems or backgrounds to them. You can also change format in which <application>Caja</application> displays these items to you. The following sections describe how to do so.</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-550"><info><title lang="en">Icons and Emblems</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>icons</secondary>
        <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>emblems</secondary>
        <see>emblems</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>emblems</primary>
        <secondary>introduction</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The file manager displays your files and folders as icons. Depending on the type of the file the icon may be a image representative of the file type, a small thumbnail or preview showing the files contents. You can also add emblems to your file and folder icons. Such emblems appear in addition to the file icon and provide another means to manage your files. For example you can mark a file as important by adding an <guilabel>Important</guilabel> emblem to it, creating the following visual effect: </para>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>File icon with Important emblem.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      
      <para lang="en">Notice how the file on the left is distinguished from the file on the right by the addition of the <guilabel>Important (!)</guilabel> emblem to its icon. See <xref linkend="caja-emblems"/> for more on adding emblems.</para>
      <para lang="en">The file manager automatically applies emblems for the following types of files:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Symbolic links</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Items for which you have the following permissions:<indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>and emblems</secondary></indexterm></para>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">No read permission</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">No write permission</para>
            </listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">The following table shows the default emblems:</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Default Emblem</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_link_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Symbolic link emblem.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>symbolic links</primary><secondary>and emblems</secondary></indexterm>Symbolic link</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_nowrite_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>No write permission emblem.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">No write permission</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_noread_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>No read permission emblem.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">No read permission</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </section>
    <section xml:id="caja-icon"><info><title lang="en">Changing the Icon for a File or Folder</title></info>
       
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>icons</secondary>
        <tertiary>changing</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To change the icon that represents an
individual file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file or folder that you want to change.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">On the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tabbed section, click on
the current <guibutton>Icon</guibutton>. A <guilabel>Select custom 
icon</guilabel> dialog is displayed. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Select custom icon</guilabel> dialog to choose
the icon to represent the file or folder. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para lang="en">To restore an icon from a custom icon to the default icon,
Select the file or folder that you want to change, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
click on the <guibutton>Icon</guibutton> button, in the <guilabel>Select custom 
icon</guilabel> dialog click <guibutton>Revert</guibutton>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-emblems"><info><title lang="en">Adding an Emblem to a File or Folder</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-112"/>       
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>emblems</primary>
        <secondary>adding to file</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>emblems</primary>
        <secondary>adding to folder</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To add an emblem to an item perform the following steps: </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the item to which you want to add an emblem.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the item, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the emblem to add to the item.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para lang="en">In browser windows you may also add emblems to items by dragging them from the emblem side pane.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-471"><info><title lang="en">Creating a New Emblem</title></info>
      
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>emblems</primary>
        <secondary>adding new</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To Create a new emblem, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Emblem</guibutton> button, then click
on the <guibutton>Add a New Emblem</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Create
a New Emblem</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Type a name for the emblem in the <guilabel>Keyword</guilabel> text box.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guilabel>Image</guilabel> button. A dialog is
displayed, click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton>. When you choose an emblem,
click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> on the <guilabel>Create a
New Emblem</guilabel> dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-backgrounds-and-emblems"><info><title lang="en">Changing Backgrounds</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-50"/>         
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-63"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-64"/>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>changing backgrounds</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>backgrounds</primary>
        <secondary>changing screen component</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The file manager includes background patterns and emblems that you can
      use to change the appearance of your folders.  Background patterns and emblems
      can also be used on the desktop, on folders and certain side panes in the file
      browser, and on panels.</para>
      <para lang="en">To change the background of a window, pane, or panel,  perform the following
      steps: </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
          in any file manager window. The <guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click the <guibutton>Patterns</guibutton> button or the <guibutton>Colors</guibutton>
          button to see a list of background patterns or background colors you can use.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To change the background, drag a pattern or color to the desired window, pane, or panel.
          To reset the background, drag the <guilabel>Reset</guilabel> entry to the desired window, pane,
          or panel.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

      <para lang="en">You can set the background of all folders in the file manager by dragging a pattern
      or color with your right or middle mouse button.  When you release the drag, you will see
      a popup menu with the option to set the pattern or color as the background for all folders.</para>

      <para lang="en">You can add a new pattern to the list by clicking the <guibutton>Add a New Pattern</guibutton>
      button when the patterns are selected.  Locate an image file in the file chooser dialog and click
      <guibutton>Open</guibutton>.  The image file will appear in the list of patterns you can use.</para>

      <para lang="en">You can add a new color to the list by clicking the <guibutton>Add a New Color</guibutton>
      button when the colors are selected.  Select a color in the color chooser dialog and click
      <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  The color will appear in the list of colors you can use.</para>
    </section>    
  </section>  
  
  <!-- ====================================================== Removable media -->    
  <section xml:id="goscaja-460"><info><title lang="en">Using Removable Media</title></info>
    <!-- compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-469"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>removable media</primary>
      <secondary>introduction</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">
      The file manager can initiate various actions when removable media appear,
      such as mounting it, opening a file manager window showing its contents,
      or running a suitable application that can handle it (for example a music
      player for an audio CD). See <xref linkend="goscaja-61"/> for how to
      configure these actions for different media formats.
    </para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-462"><info><title lang="en">To Mount Media</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>removable media</primary>
        <secondary>mounting</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To <firstterm>mount</firstterm> media is to make the file
system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the file system
of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system.</para>
      <para lang="en">To mount media, insert the media in the appropriate device. An icon 
that represents the media is added to the desktop. The icon is added only
if your system is configured to mount the device automatically when media
is detected. </para>
      <para lang="en">If your system is not configured to mount the device automatically,
you must mount the device manually. Double-click on the <guilabel>Computer</guilabel> icon from the desktop. A <guilabel>Computer </guilabel> dialog
is displayed. Double-click on the icon that represents the media. For example,
to mount a floppy diskette, double-click on the <guilabel>Floppy</guilabel>
icon. An icon that represents the media is added to the desktop. </para>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">You cannot change the name of a removable media icon.</para>
      </note>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-461"><info><title lang="en">To Display Media Contents</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>removable media</primary>
        <secondary>displaying media contents</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can display media contents in any of the following ways: </para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Double-click on the icon that represents the media on the desktop.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the icon that represents the media on the
desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>. </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">A file manager window displays the contents of the media. To reload
the display, click on the <guibutton>Reload</guibutton> button.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-463"><info><title lang="en">To Display Media Properties</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>removable media</primary>
        <secondary>displaying media properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To display the properties of removable media,
right-click on the icon that represents the media on the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. A dialog displays the properties of the media.</para>
      <para lang="en">To close the properties dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-464"><info><title lang="en">To Eject Media</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>removable media</primary>
        <secondary>ejecting</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To eject media, right-click on the media icon on the desktop,
then choose <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. If the drive for the media is
a motorized drive, the media is ejected from the drive. If the drive for the
media is not motorized, wait until the desktop icon for the media disappears,
then eject the media manually.</para>
      <para lang="en">You cannot eject media from a motorized drive when the media is mounted.
To eject media, first unmount the media. For example, to remove a USB flash drive, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Close all file manager windows, <application>Terminal</application>
windows, and any other windows that access the USB drive. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the icon that represents the drive on
the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. The desktop icon
for the drive disappears.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Remove the USB flash drive.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
          <caution>
            <para lang="en">You must unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not remove a USB flash drive before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you might lose data.</para>
          </caution>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="caja-cdwriter"><info><title lang="en">Writing CDs or DVDs</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-475"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>writing CDs</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>CDs, writing</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>writing CDs</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>burning CDs</primary>
      <see>writing CDs</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Writing to a CD or DVD may be useful for backing up your important documents. To do this, your computer must have a CD or DVD writer.    
    </para>
    <tip><para lang="en">A simple way to check what sort of CD or DVD drive your computer has is to choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel menubar. If the icon for your CD drive has terms like "CD-RW" or "DVD(+-)R" in its label, then your computer is able to write discs.</para></tip>
    
    <para lang="en">You can start choosing files to burn to a disc at any time. The file manager provides
a special folder for files and folders that you wish to write to a CD or DVD. From there you can easily write all the content (which you place in this special folder) to a CD or DVD.</para>

    <section xml:id="caja-cdwriter-data"><info><title lang="en">Creating Data Discs</title></info>
      
    <para lang="en">To write a CD or DVD, perform the following steps:</para>
    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Open <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenu>System Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>CD/DVD Creator</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The file manager opens the CD/DVD Creator folder.</para>
        <note><para lang="en">In a File Browser window, the <guimenuitem>CD/DVD Creator</guimenuitem> item is available in the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu.</para></note>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Drag the files and folders that you want to write to CD or DVD to
the CD/DVD Creator folder.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Insert a writable CD or DVD into the CD/DVD writer device on your system.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Press the <guibutton>Write to Disc</guibutton> button, or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Write to CD/DVD</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel>
dialog to specify how you want to write the CD, as follows:</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
            <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>Opis</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Write disc to</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select the device to which you want to write the
CD from the drop-down list. To create an CD image file, select the <guilabel>File image</guilabel> option. A CD image file is a normal file that contains all the data in the same format as a CD, that you can write to a CD later.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Disc name</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Type a name for the CD in the text box.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Data size</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Shows the size of the data to be written to disc.
The blank disk must be at least this size.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Write speed</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select the speed at which you want to write the
CD from the drop-down list.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Write</guibutton> button. </para>
        <para lang="en">If you selected the <guilabel>File image</guilabel> option from the <guilabel>Target to write to</guilabel> drop-down list, a <guilabel>Choose a filename
for the disc image</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Use the dialog to specify
the location where you want to save the disc image file. By default, disc image
files have a <filename>.iso</filename> file extension.</para>
        <para lang="en">A <guilabel>Writing disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed. This process takes some time. When the disc is
written or when the disc image file is created, a message to indicate that the
process is complete is displayed in the dialog.</para>
      </listitem>
    </orderedlist>
    <tip><para lang="en">You can set the CD/DVD Creator folder to open automatically when you insert a blank disc. See <xref linkend="goscaja-61"/>.</para></tip>
    <note><para lang="en">The filesystem written to the CD will be readable with long filenames on all recent operating systems. Both the Joliet and the Rock Ridge CD-ROM filesystem extensions are used.</para></note>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-cdwriter-copy"><info><title lang="en">Copying CDs or DVDs</title></info>
        <para lang="en">You can create a copy of a CD or DVD, either to another disc or to an image file stored on your computer. To create a copy, perform the following steps:</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem><para lang="en">Insert the disc you want to copy.</para></listitem>               
          <listitem><para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel menubar.</para></listitem>       
          <listitem><para lang="en">Right-click on the CD icon, and choose <guimenuitem>Copy Disc</guimenuitem>.</para></listitem>       
          <listitem><para lang="en">The <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para></listitem>  
        </orderedlist>
        <para lang="en">If you have only one drive with write capabilities, the process will first create a disc image file on your computer. It will then eject the original disk, and ask you to change it for a blank disk on which to write the copy.</para>
        <tip><para lang="en">If you want to create more than one copy, choose the Image File option on the <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> and then write the disc image: see <xref linkend="caja-cdwriter-writeimage"/>.</para></tip>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-cdwriter-writeimage"><info><title lang="en">Creating a Disc from an Image File</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can write a disc image to a CD or DVD. For example, you may have downloaded a disc image from the internet, or previously created one yourself. Disc images usually have a <filename>.iso</filename> file extension and are sometimes called iso files.</para>
        <para lang="en">To write a disc image, right-click on the disc image file, then choose <guimenuitem>Write to Disc</guimenuitem> from the popup menu.</para>      
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="goscaja-515"><info><title lang="en">Navigating Remote Servers</title></info>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Caja</application> file manager provides an integrated
access point to your files, applications, FTP sites, Windows shares, WebDav servers and SSH servers.</para>

    <section xml:id="caja-server-connect"><info><title lang="en">To Access a remote server</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-37"/>      
      <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
      <!-- To Add a Network Server -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-466"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>FTP sites</primary>
        <secondary>accessing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>FTP sites</secondary>
        <see>FTP sites</see>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can use the file manager to access
a remote server, be it an FTP site, a Windows share, a WebDav server or an SSH server.</para>
<para lang="en">To access a remote server, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
You may also access this dialog from the menubar by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
<para lang="en">To connect to a remote server, start by choosing the service type, then enter the server address.</para>
<para lang="en">If required by your server, you may provide the following optional information : </para>
            <informaltable frame="topbot">
              <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="27.27*"/>
                <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="72.73*"/>
                <thead>
                  <row rowsep="1">
                    <entry>
                      <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry>
                      <para>Opis</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                </thead>
                <tbody>
                  <row>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Port</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">Port to connect to on the server. This should only be used if it is necessary to
change the default port, you would normally leave this blank.</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry valign="top">
                        <para lang="en">Folder to open upon connecting to server.</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry colname="colspec0">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>User Name</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry colname="colspec1">
                      <para lang="en">The user name of the account used to connect to the server.
This should be supplied with the connection information if needed.
The user name information is not appropriate for a public FTP connection.</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry colname="colspec0">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Name to use for connection</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry colname="colspec1">
                      <para lang="en">The designation of the connection as it will appear in the file manager.</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry colname="colspec0">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Share</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry colname="colspec1">
                      <para lang="en">Name of desired windows share. This is only applicable to Windows shares.</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry colname="colspec0">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Domain name</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry colname="colspec1">
                      <para lang="en">Windows domain. This is only applicable to Windows shares.</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                </tbody>
              </tgroup>
            </informaltable>
<para lang="en">If the server information is provided in the form of a URI, or you require a specialized connection, choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Custom Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice> as the service type.</para>
<para lang="en">Once you have filled in the information, click on
the <guibutton>Connect</guibutton> button. When the connection succeeds, the contents of the site are displayed and you may drag and drop files to and from the remote server.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-accessnetwork"><info><title lang="en">To Access Network Places</title></info>
      <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
      <!-- To Add a Network Server -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-508"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-509"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-465"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>network places</primary>
        <secondary>accessing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>network places</secondary>
        <see>network places</see>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">If your system is configured
to access places on a network, you can use the file manager to access the
network places. </para>
      <para lang="en">To access network places, open the file manager and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Servers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A window opens that displays the network places that you
can access. Double-click on the network that you want to access. </para>
      <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>NFS servers</primary><see>Unix network</see></indexterm>To
access UNIX shares, double-click on the <guilabel>Unix Network (NFS) </guilabel>
object. A list of the UNIX shares available to you is displayed in the file
manager window.</para>
      <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>Samba servers</primary><see>Windows network</see></indexterm>To access Windows shares, double-click on the <guilabel>Windows
Network (SMB) </guilabel> object. A list of the Windows shares available to
you is displayed in the file manager window.</para>
    </section>

    <!-- special URIs by and large obsolete or at least arcane -->
    <section xml:id="goscaja-467"><info><title lang="en">Accessing Special URI Locations</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>special URI locations</primary>
        <secondary>accessing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>special URI locations</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>URI, special</primary>
        <see>special URI locations</see>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">Caja has certain special URI locations that enable you to access particular functions from the file manager.</para>
      <para lang="en">These are intended for advanced users: in most cases, an easier method of accessing the function or location exists.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-479"/> lists the special URI locations that you can
use with the file manager.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-479"><info><title lang="en">Special URI Locations</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33.94*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="66.06*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">URI Location</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>burn:///</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">This is a special location where you can copy files and folders that you want to write
to a CD. From here you can write the contents of the location to a CD easily. See also <xref linkend="caja-cdwriter"/>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>network:///</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Displays network locations to
which you can connect, if your system is configured to access locations on
a network. To access a network location, double-click on the network location.
You can also use this URI to add network locations to your system. See also <xref linkend="caja-accessnetwork"/>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!-- ============================================== prefs -->
  <section xml:id="caja-preferences"><info><title lang="en">Caja Preferences</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-15"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-17"/>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.16 -->    
    <anchor xml:id="prefs-filemanager"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-84"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>customizing</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>preferences</secondary>
      <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preferences, file manager</primary>
      <see>file manager preferences</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog to customize the file manager to suit your requirements
and preferences.</para>
    <para lang="en">To display the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You can also access this dialog directly from the top panel Menubar
by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>File Management</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can set preferences in the following categories: </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">The default settings for views.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">The behavior of files and folders, executable text files, and Trash.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">The information that is displayed in icon captions and the date format.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">The columns that appear in the list view and their order.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Preview options to improve the performance of the file manager.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">How removable media and connected devices are handled.</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-438"><info><title lang="en">Views Preferences</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>preferences</secondary>
        <tertiary>views</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can specify a default view,
and select sort options and display options. You can also specify default
settings for icon views and list views.</para>
      <para lang="en">To specify your default view settings,
choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tab to
display the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-30"/> lists the views preferences that
you can modify. </para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-30"><info><title lang="en">Views Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>View new folders using</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select the default view for folders. When you open
a folder, the folder is displayed in the view that you select. This can be the icon view, the list view, or the compact view, which is a variant of the icon view that is organized in columns rather than rows..</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Arrange items</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select the characteristic by which you want to sort
the items in folders that are displayed in this view.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to list folders before
files when you sort a folder.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show hidden and backup files</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to display files that are normally not shown in folders. For more on hidden files, see <xref linkend="caja-hidden-files"/>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Default zoom level</guilabel> in the Icon View, Compact View, or List View sections
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select the default zoom level for folders that are displayed
in this view. The zoom level specifies the size of items in a view.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Use compact layout</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select
this option to arrange the items in icon view so that the items in the folder
are closer to each other.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to place the icon captions
for items beside the icon rather than under the icon.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>All columns have the same width</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to make all columns in a compact view have the same width.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show only folders</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to display only folders in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-56"><info><title lang="en">Behavior Preferences</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>preferences</secondary>
        <tertiary>behavior</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">To set your preferences for
files and folders, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel>
tab to display the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel> tabbed section. You can set the following preferences:</para>

      <variablelist>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Single click to open items</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">Select this option to perform the default action
      for an item when you click on the item. When this option is selected, and
      you point to an item, the title of the item is underlined. </para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Double click to open items</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you double-click
      on the item.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Always open in browser windows</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">Select this option to use <application>Caja</application> in browser mode
      rather than spatial mode. Selecting this lets you browse your files and folders in the same window, otherwise you will navigate your files and folders as objects.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Run executable text files when they are opened</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">Select this option to run an text executable file when you choose
      the file. An executable text file is a text file that can execute, that
      is, a shell script.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>View executable text files when they are opened</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">Select this option to display the contents of an executable text file when you
      choose the executable text file.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Ask each time</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">Select
      this option to display a dialog when you choose an executable text file. The dialog
      asks whether you want to execute the file or display the file. </para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">Select this option to display a confirmation message before <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> is emptied, or files are deleted. Leave this selected unless you have good reason not to.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">Select this option to add a <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item to
      the following menus:</para>
                      <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem>
                          <para lang="en">The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu.</para>
                        </listitem>
                        <listitem>
                          <para lang="en">The popup menu that is displayed when you right-click on a
      file, folder, or desktop  object. </para>
                        </listitem>
                      </itemizedlist>
                      <para lang="en">When you select an item then choose the <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item, the item is deleted from your file system
      immediately. There is no way to recover a deleted file. Do not select this unless you have good reason to.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-439"><info><title lang="en">Display Preferences</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>icons</secondary>
        <tertiary>caption preferences</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>preferences</secondary>
        <tertiary>icon captions</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">An icon caption displays the name of a file or folder in
an icon view. The icon caption also includes three additional items of information
on the file or folder. The additional information is displayed after the file
name. Normally only one item of information is visible, but when you zoom
in on an icon, more of the information is displayed. You can modify what additional
information is displayed in icon captions. </para>
      <para lang="en">To set your preferences for icon captions, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
Click on the <guilabel>Display</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Display</guilabel> tabbed section. </para>
      <para lang="en">Select the items of information that you want to display in the icon
caption from the three drop-down lists. Select the first item from the first
drop-down list, select the second item from the second drop-down list, and
so on. The following table describes the items of information that you can
select:</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Obavijesti</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the size of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Type</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the description of the MIME type of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date Modified</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the last modification date of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date Accessed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the date that the item was last accessed.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Owner</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the owner of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Group</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the group to which the item belongs.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying as characters</secondary></indexterm>Choose
this option to display the permissions of the item as three sets of three
characters, for example <computeroutput>-rwxrw-r--</computeroutput>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Octal Permissions</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying in octal notation</secondary></indexterm>Choose this option to display the permissions of the item in octal
notation, for example <computeroutput>764</computeroutput>. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>MIME Type</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the MIME type of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>None</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display no information for the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
      <para lang="en">
      The date <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option lets you choose how the date is displayed throughout Caja.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-490"><info><title lang="en">List Columns Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can specify what information is displayed in list view in file manager
windows. You can specify which columns are displayed in list view, and the
order in which the columns are displayed.</para>
      <para lang="en">To set your preferences for list columns, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
Click on the <guilabel>List Columns</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>List Columns</guilabel> tabbed section. </para>
      <para lang="en">To specify a column to display in list view, select the option that
corresponds to the column, then click on the <guibutton>Show</guibutton> button.
To remove a column from the list view, select the option that corresponds
to the column, then click on the <guibutton>Hide</guibutton> button.</para>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton> and <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton>
buttons to specify the position of columns in list view.</para>
      <para lang="en">To use the default columns and column positions, click on the <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> button. </para>
      <para lang="en">The following table describes the columns that you can display:</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Obavijesti</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Name</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the name of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the size of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Type</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display
the description of the MIME type of the item from the <application>File Types
and Programs</application> preference tool.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date Modified</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the last modification date of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date Accessed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the date that the item was last accessed.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Group</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the group to which the item belongs.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>MIME type</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the MIME type of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Octal Permissions</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying in octal notation</secondary></indexterm>Choose this
option to display the permissions of the item in octal notation, for example <computeroutput>764</computeroutput>. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Owner</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose this option to display the owner of the item.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying as characters</secondary></indexterm>Choose
this option to display the permissions of the item as three sets of three
characters, for example <computeroutput>-rwxrw-r--</computeroutput>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-60"><info><title lang="en">Preview Preferences</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>preferences</secondary>
        <tertiary>preview</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">The file manager include some
file preview features. The preview features can affect the speed with which
the file manager responds to your requests. You can modify the behavior of
some of these features to improve the speed of the file manager. For each
preview preference, you can select one of the options described in the following
table:</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Option</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Always</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Performs the action for both local files, and files
on other file systems.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Local Files Only</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Performs the action for local files only.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Never</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Never performs the action. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
      <para lang="en">To set your preview preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> tab dialog to display the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel>
tabbed section. </para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-41"/> lists the preview preferences that
you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-41"><info><title lang="en">Preview Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show text in icons</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select an option to specify when to preview the
content of text files in the icon that represents the file. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select
an option to specify when to show thumbnails of image files. The file manager
stores the thumbnail files for each folder in a <filename>.thumbnails</filename>
directory in the user's Home Folder.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Only for files smaller than</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Specify the maximum
file size for files for which the file manager creates a thumbnail.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Preview sound files</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select an option to specify when to preview sound files. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Count number of items</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Select an option to specify when to show the
number of items in folders. When in icon view, you might
need to increase your zoom level to see the number of items in each folder.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-61"><info><title lang="en">Media Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">
        You can configure how <application>Caja</application> handles
        removable media and devices that are connected to the computer, such
        as music players or cameras. For each media format or device 
        type, <application>Caja</application> offers to run one of the 
        applications that are known to support this format, as well as
        the following options:
      </para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Option</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Ask what to do</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Make <application>Caja</application> ask for the desired
                   action when the media or device appears.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Do Nothing</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Do nothing.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Open Folder</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Treat the media or device like an ordinary folder and open
                it in a <application>Caja</application> window.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Open with other Application</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select an application to run with the <application>Caja</application> application chooser dialog. Note that applications known to handle
                the media or device can be chosen directly from the drop-down list.
                
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
      <para lang="en">The most common media formats can be configured in the <guilabel>Media Handling</guilabel> section: audio CDs, video DVDs, music players, cameras, and software cds.</para>
      <para lang="en">To configure the handling for other media formats, first select the format in the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down list, then select the desired handling for this format in the <guilabel>Action</guilabel> drop-down list.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-43"/> lists other media handling preferences that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-43"><info><title lang="en">Preview Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                   Select this option to prevent <application>Caja</application> from showing dialogs or running programs when media or devices appear. When this option is selected, the preferences for the handling of specific media formats are ignored.
                </para>
              </entry>
           </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Browse media when inserted</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  When this option is selected, <application>Caja</application>
                  will automatically open a folder when media is inserted. This
                  only applies for media formats for which the handling has not been explicitly configured.
                </para>
              </entry>
           </row>
         </tbody>
       </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

  </section>
  
  <section xml:id="goscaja-440"><info><title lang="en">Extending Caja</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>running scripts</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>scripts, running from file manager</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Caja can be extended in two main ways. Through <application>Caja</application> extensions, and through scripts. This section explains the difference between the two and how to install.</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-444"><info><title lang="en">Caja Scripts</title></info>
      <para lang="en">Caja can run scripts. Scripts are typically simpler in operation than full <application>Caja</application> extensions and can be written in any scripted language capable of being executed on your computer. To run a script choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scripts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then choose the script that you want to run from the submenu.</para>
      <para lang="en">To run a script on a particular file, select the file in the view pane.
Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scripts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then choose the script that you want to run on the file from
the submenu. You can also select multiple files to run your scripts on.</para>
      <para lang="en">You may also access scripts from the <!-- TODO link --> context menu.</para>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">If you do not have any scripts installed, the script menu will not appear.</para>
      </note>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-install-scripts"><info><title lang="en">Installing File Manager Scripts</title></info>
        <para lang="en">The file manager includes a special folder where you can
store your scripts. All executable files in this folder will appear in the Scripts menu. The script folder 
is located at $HOME/.config/caja/scripts.</para>
        <para lang="en">To install a script, simply copy the script to the script folder and give it the user executable permission.</para>
      <para lang="en">To view the contents of your scripts folder, if you already have scripts installed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Open Scripts Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
You will have to navigate to the scripts folder with the file manager if you do not yet have any scripts. You may need to show hidden files for this, use <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para>
<para lang="en">A good source to download <application>Caja</application> scripts is from the <link xlink:href="http://g-scripts.sourceforge.net"><citetitle>G-Scripts website</citetitle></link>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-write-scripts"><info><title lang="en">Writing File Manager Scripts</title></info>
       <para lang="en">When executed from a local folder, scripts will be passed the selected file names. When 
executed from a remote folder (e.g. a folder showing web or ftp content), scripts will be passed no parameters.</para>
       <para lang="en">The following table shows variables passed to the script :</para>
       <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
            <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">Environment variable</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>Opis</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>CAJA_SCRIPT_SELECTED_FILE_PATHS</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">newline-delimited paths for selected files (only if local)</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>CAJA_SCRIPT_SELECTED_URIS</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">newline-delimited URIs for selected files</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>CAJA_SCRIPT_CURRENT_URI</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">URI for current location</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>CAJA_SCRIPT_WINDOW_GEOMETRY</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">position and size of current window</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="caja-extensions"><info><title lang="en">Caja Extensions</title></info>
    <para lang="en"><application>Caja</application> extensions are far more powerful than <application>Caja</application> scripts, allowing more freedom where and how they extend <application>Caja</application>. <application>Caja</application> extensions are typically installed by your system administrator.</para>
    <para lang="en">Some popular <application>Caja</application> extensions include:
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">caja-actions</para>
          <para lang="en">This extension allows you to easily assign actions based on file type</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">caja-send-to</para>
          <para lang="en">This extension provides a simple way to send a file or folder to another using email, instant messaging, or Bluetooth.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">caja-open-terminal.</para>
          <para lang="en">This extension provides an easy way to open a terminal at the selected starting location.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </para>
    <note>
        <para lang="en">If you are looking for the <guilabel>Open Terminal</guilabel> command which used to exist in the <application>Caja</application> right click menu by default then you should install the <application>caja-open-terminal</application> extension.</para>
    </note>
  </section>
  </section>
</chapter>        <!-- Caja -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="tools" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Tools and Utilities</title></info>

  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">This section describes some tools and utilities in the MATE Desktop.</para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="tools-run-app"><info><title lang="en">Running Applications</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-23"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>Run Application dialog, using</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog gives you access to the command
      line. When you run a command in the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog,
      you cannot receive output from the command.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
    To run a command from the command line perform the following steps:</para>
    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog in any of the
        following ways:
        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry><term lang="en">From a panel</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">You can add the <application>Run Application</application> button to any 
          panel. See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Run Application</guibutton> 
          panel button to open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term lang="en">Using shortcut keys</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
              Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. You can change 
              the shortcut keys that display the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog
              in the <application><xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/></application> tool.
            </para>
          </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">Enter the command that you want to run in the blank field, or choose from the list of known applications.</para>
      <para lang="en">If you enter only the location of a file, an appropriate application will launch to open it.
      If you enter a web page address, your default web browser will open the page. Prefix the web page address with https://, as in https://mate-desktop.org.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        To choose a command that you ran previously, click the
        down arrow button beside the command field, then choose the command to run.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
      You can also use the <guibutton>Run with file</guibutton> button to
      choose a file to append to the command line. For example, you can enter 
      <application>emacs</application> as the command, then choose a file to edit.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">Select the <guilabel>Run in terminal</guilabel> option to run the application
      or command in a terminal window. Choose this option for an application or
      command that does not create a window in which to run.</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button on the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog. </para>
    </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
  </section>

<section xml:id="tools-screenshot"><info><title lang="en">Taking Screenshots</title></info>
  <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-53"/>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>screenshots, taking</primary>
  </indexterm>
  <para lang="en">You can take a screenshot in any of the following ways:</para>
  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">From any panel</para>
      <para lang="en">You can add a <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to any panel. For instructions on how to do this, see <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to take
a screenshot of the entire screen.</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">Use shortcut keys</para>
      <para lang="en">To take a screenshot, use the following shortcut keys:</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Default Shortcut Keys</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Function</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <keycap>Print Screen</keycap>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Takes a screenshot of the entire screen.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Print Screen</keycap></keycombo></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Takes a screenshot of the window which is active.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
      <para lang="en">You can use the <application><xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/></application> tool to modify the default shortcut keys.</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">From the Menubar</para>
      <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>Accessories</guimenuitem>
      <guimenuitem>Take Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">From the Terminal</para>
      <para lang="en">
        You can use the <command>mate-screenshot</command> command to
        take a screenshot. The <command>mate-screenshot</command> command takes
        a screenshot of the entire screen, and displays the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> 
        dialog. Use the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog to save the screenshot.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        You can also use options on the <command>mate-screenshot</command> command 
        as follows: 
      </para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Option</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Function</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--window</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Takes a screenshot of the window that has focus.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--delay=<replaceable>seconds</replaceable></command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  Takes a screenshot after the specified number of seconds, 
                and displays the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog. 
                Use the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog to save 
                the screenshot.
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--include-border</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Takes a screenshot including the border of the window.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>                                  
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--remove-border</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Takes a screenshot without the border of the window.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>                                  
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--border-effect=shadow</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Takes a screenshot and adds a shadow bevel effect around it.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>                                  
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--border-effect=border</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Takes a screenshot and adds a border effect around it.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>                                  
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--interactive</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Opens a window that lets you set options before taking the screenshot.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--help</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Displays the options for the command.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>

  <para lang="en">
  When you take a screenshot, the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog 
  opens. To save the screenshot as an image file, enter the filename for the 
  screenshot, choose a location from the drop-down list and click the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> button. You can also use the <guilabel>Copy to Clipboard</guilabel> button to copy the image to the clipboard or transfer it to another application by drag-and-drop.
  </para>
  
</section>

<!-- ============= Yelp ============================= -->
<section xml:id="yelp"><info><title lang="en">Yelp Help Browser</title></info>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>Yelp</primary>
  </indexterm>
  <!-- ============= Introduction ============================== -->

  <section xml:id="yelp-introduction"><info><title>Uvod</title></info>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> application allows you to view documentation
    regarding MATE and other components through a variety of formats. These
    formats include docbook files, HTML help pages, man pages and info pages
    (support for man pages and info pages may optionally be compiled in).
    Despite the different formats supported, Yelp does its best to provide a
    unified look and feel regardless of the original document format.</para>

    <para lang="en"><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> is internationalized, meaning that it has support
    to view documents in different languages. The documents must be localized
    or translated for each language and installed properly for Yelp Help
    Browser to be able to view them.</para>
  </section>

  <!-- ============= Getting Started  ================================ -->

  <section xml:id="yelp-getting-started"><info><title lang="en">Starting Yelp</title></info>
  
    <section><info><title lang="en">To Start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application></title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> in the following ways:</para>

      <para><variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guimenu>System</guimenu> Menu</term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Choose <application>Help</application></para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term>Naredbeni redak</term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Execute the following command:
              <command>yelp</command></para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>Sučelje</title></info>
      <para lang="en">When you start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, you will see the following
      window appear.</para>

      <para lang="en"><figure xml:id="fig-yelp-window"><info><title lang="en"><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Window</title></info>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_window.png"/>
            </imageobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </figure><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> contains the following elements in <xref linkend="fig-yelp-window"/></para>

      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry>
          <term><interface>Traka izbornika</interface></term>

          <listitem>
            <para><variablelist>
                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>File</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Use this menu to Open a New Window, view the About
                    this Document page, Print the current document, or Close
                    the window.</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>Edit</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Use this menu to Copy, Select all, Find..., or to
                    set your Preferences.</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>Go</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Use this menu to navigate Back, Forward, to the Help
                    Topics page. When viewing a DocBook document, use this
                    menu to navigate to the Next Section, Previous Section or
                    to the Contents.</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Use this menu to Add Bookmark(s), or Edit
                    Bookmark(s).</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>Help</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">View information about Yelp Help Browser and
                    contributors to the project through the
                    <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> menuitem. Open this
                    document with the <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
                    menuitem or by pressing <keycap>F1</keycap>.</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
              </variablelist></para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

        <varlistentry>
          <term><interface>Alatna traka</interface></term>

          <listitem>
            <para><variablelist>
                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guibutton>Back</guibutton></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Use this button to navigate back in your document
                    history.</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guibutton>Forward</guibutton></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Use this button to navigate forward in your document
                    history.</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guibutton>Help Topics</guibutton></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">Use this button to return to the main table of
                    contents (shown in <xref linkend="fig-yelp-window"/>).</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
              </variablelist></para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

        <varlistentry xml:id="yelp-browser-pane" xreflabel="Yelp Browser Pane">
          <term><interface lang="en">Browser Pane</interface></term>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">The browser pane is where you will be presented with the
            table of contents or the documentation. Use the table of contents
            to navigate to the documentation you need.</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!--===================== Usage ========================-->

  <section xml:id="yelp-usage"><info><title lang="en">Using Yelp</title></info>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Open a Document</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To open a document in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:
	  
	  <itemizedlist>
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">In an application, click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Help</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice>
			  </para>
		</listitem>	  
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">Use the Table of Contents to navigate to the desired document.</para>
		</listitem>
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">You can drag a Docbook XML file from Caja to the Yelp window or launcher.</para>
		</listitem>
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">Press the <keycap>F1</keycap> key.</para>
		</listitem>		
	  
	  </itemizedlist></para>
	  
      <para lang="en">Alternatively, you may view a particular document by invoking Yelp
      Help Browser from the command line or dragging files to Yelp. See <xref linkend="yelp-open-specific"/> for more on this.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Open a New Window</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To open a new window:</para>
	  
      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>O ovom dokumentu</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To view information about the currently open document:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>About This Document</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para lang="en">This option is only available for DocBook documentation. Legal
          notices and documentation contributors are usually listed in this
          section.</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Print a Page</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To print any page that you are able to view in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Print this Page</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Print a Document</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To print an entire document:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Print this Document</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para lang="en">This option is only available for DocBook
          documentation.</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Close a Window</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To close a window in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, do the following:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Close Window</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Set Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To set your preferences in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:</para>

      <para lang="en"><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend="yelp-preferences"/>:</para>

      <para lang="en"><figure xml:id="yelp-preferences"><info><title lang="en"><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Preferences Window</title></info>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_preferences.png"/>
            </imageobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </figure>The options that are available in this dialog have the
      following functions:</para>

      <para><variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>Use system fonts</guilabel></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Check this option to display documentation using the
              default fonts used by the MATE Desktop.</para>

              <para lang="en">To choose your own fonts to display documentation, uncheck
              this option and click on the buttons next to the text
              <guilabel>Variable Width</guilabel> or <guilabel>Fixed
              Width</guilabel>.</para>

              <para><variablelist>
                  <varlistentry>
                    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Variable Width</guilabel></term>

                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en">This is the font to use when a static or fixed
                      width font is not required. The majority of text will be
                      of this type.</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </varlistentry>

                  <varlistentry>
                    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Fixed Width</guilabel></term>

                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en">This is the font to use when all text characters
                      need to be of the same size. This font is usually used
                      to indicate commands, program blocks, or other text that
                      falls under these categories.</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </varlistentry>
                </variablelist></para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>Browse with caret</guilabel></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Click this option if you would like see a caret or cursor
              in the <xref linkend="yelp-browser-pane"/>. This allows you to
              browse the document more easily by showing where the cursor is
              located in the document.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Go Back in Document History</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To go back in the document history:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button in the
            <interface lang="en">Toolbar</interface></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Go Forward in Document History</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To go forward in the document history:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button in the
            <interface lang="en">Toolbar</interface></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Go to Help Topics</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To go to the Help Topics:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Help Topics</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Help Topics</guibutton> button in the
            <interface lang="en">Toolbar</interface></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Go to Previous Section</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To go to the previous section:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Previous Section</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para lang="en">This option is only available in DocBook formatted
          documents.</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Go to Next Section</title></info>
      

      <para lang="en">To go to the next section:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Next Section</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para lang="en">This option is only available in DocBook formatted
          documents.</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Go to Contents</title></info>
      

      <para lang="en">To go to the contents for a document:</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para lang="en">This option is only available in DocBook formatted
          documents.</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Add a Bookmark</title></info>
      

      <para lang="en">To add a bookmark for a particular document:</para>

      <para lang="en"><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend="yelp-add-bookmark"/>.</para>

      <para lang="en"><figure xml:id="yelp-add-bookmark"><info><title lang="en">Add Bookmark Window</title></info>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png"/>
            </imageobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </figure>Enter your desired bookmark title in to the
      <guilabel>Title</guilabel> text entry field. Then click
      <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add the bookmark, or click
      <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel the request.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>Uredi zabilješke</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To edit your collection of bookmarks:</para>

      <para lang="en"><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu>
                <guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend="yelp-edit-bookmarks"/>.</para>

      <para lang="en"><figure xml:id="yelp-edit-bookmarks"><info><title lang="en">Edit Bookmarks Window</title></info>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png"/>
            </imageobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </figure>You can manage your bookmarks using this window in the
      following ways:</para>

      <para lang="en"><variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guibutton>Open</guibutton></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this button to open the selected bookmark in a new
              window.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guibutton>Rename</guibutton></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this button to rename the title of your
              bookmark.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guibutton>Remove</guibutton></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this button to delete the bookmark from your
              collection.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>Once you are finished managing your bookmarks, click
      the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button to exit the <interface lang="en">Edit
      Bookmarks Window</interface>.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Get Help</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To get help to use <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> (and see this
      document):</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Help</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!--=============== Advanced Features ====================-->

  <section xml:id="yelp-advanced"><info><title lang="en">Advanced Features</title></info>

   <section xml:id="yelp-open-specific" xreflabel="Opening Specific Documents"><info><title lang="en">Opening Specific Documents</title></info>

    <section xml:id="yelp-open-drag"><info><title lang="en">Opening Documents from the File Manager</title></info>
        <para lang="en">To open a document, such as an XML file, from the file manager, open the document in <application>Caja</application> File Manager, or drag the icon from <application>Caja</application> to the <application>Yelp</application> document pane
        or launcher.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="yelp-advanced-cmdline" xreflabel="Using the Command Line to Open Documents"><info><title lang="en">Using the Command Line to Open Documents</title></info>
      <para lang="en">Yelp Help Browser supports opening documents from the command
      line. There are a number of URIs (Uniform Resource Identifiers) that can
      be used. These include:</para>

      <variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><option>file:</option></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this URI when you want to access a file with
              yelp, for example:</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp file:///usr/share/help/C/mate-control-center/config-mouse.xml</userinput></screen>

            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><option>help:</option></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this URI when you want to access MATE help documents,
              which are typically written in DocBook format.</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp help:mate-terminal</userinput></screen>

              <para lang="en">If you want to open the help document at a particular section,
              append a slash to the end of the URI, followed by the section id.</para>
              
              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp help:mate-user-guide/yelp-advanced-cmdline</userinput></screen>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><option>man:</option></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this URI when you want to access a particular man
              page. You can append the section of the man page you would like
              to view if there are multiple man pages with the same
              name.  The section number should be enclosed in parentheses and 
              therefore it may be necessary to escape the argument so that the
              shell does not interpret the parenthesis.</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp man:mate-panel</userinput></screen>
              
              <para lang="en">or</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp 'man:intro(1)'</userinput>
<userinput>yelp 'man:intro(2)'</userinput></screen>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><option>info:</option></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this URI when you want to access a particular GNU info
              page.</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp info:make</userinput></screen>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
    </section>
   </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Refreshing Content on Demand</title></info>
      <para lang="en"><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> supports the
      <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> shortcut keys, which will reload the DocBook
      document that is currently open. This allows developers to view changes
      to documents as they are made.</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="yelp-moreinfo"><info><title lang="en">More Information</title></info>
    <para lang="en">This section details some helper applications which 
    <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses, and provides resources where you can get more information
    about <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>.</para>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Scrollkeeper</title></info>
      <para lang="en"><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses scrollkeeper to generate the table of
      contents for DocBook and HTML documentation, and also keep track of
      translations for each document.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">MATE Documentation Utilites</title></info>
      <para lang="en">The documentation distributed with MATE uses this set of
      utilities for a variety of things:</para>

      <para lang="en"><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Ease translation of documents to different languages.</para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Provide a set of tools to help package and install
            documentation into the correct location and register the
            documentation with scrollkeeper.</para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Perform conversion from DocBook format to a format suitable
            for display.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> relies on <link xlink:href="help:mate-doc-xslt">MATE XSLT
      Stylesheets</link> to perform conversion from DocBook to HTML.  <link xlink:href="help:mate-doc-make">MATE Documentation
      Build Utilities</link> are relied upon by application authors to install and register documentation within the help system.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Homepage and Mailing List</title></info>
      <para lang="en">For further information on <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, please visit the Documentation Project homepage, <uri xlink:href="http://mate-desktop.org">http://mate-desktop.org</uri>, or subscribe to
      the mailing list, <uri xlink:href="http://ml.mate-desktop.org/listinfo/mate-dev">http://ml.mate-desktop.org/listinfo/mate-dev</uri>.</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="yelp-joininggdp"><info><title lang="en">Joining the MATE Documentation Project</title></info>
    <para lang="en">If you are interested in helping produce and update documentation
    for the MATE project, please visit the Documentation Project homepage: <uri xlink:href="http://wiki.mate-desktop.org/dev-doc:doc-team-guide?s[]=users[]=guide#mate_documentation_team">http://wiki.mate-desktop.org/dev-doc:doc-team-guide?s[]=users[]=guide#mate_documentation_team</uri></para>
  </section>
</section>
</chapter>       <!-- Tools & utilities -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="prefs" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Configuring Your Desktop</title></info>
  
  <!-- ids in this section are gradually being converted 
  to something like 'prefs-mouse'.
  remember to add an anchor for the old id in the right place -->

  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-6"/>

  <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop Preferences -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-55"/>
  
  <!-- ids of sections removed from this document for 2.14 -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-10"/><!-- Customizing Your Panels -->

  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">This chapter describes how to use the preference tools to
customize the MATE Desktop.</para>
  </highlights>
  <!-- move the following to its own section, "Using Pref Tools"? -->
  <para lang="en">A preference tool is a small application that allows you to change settings in the MATE Desktop. Each preference tool covers a particular aspect of your computer. For example, with the <application>Mouse</application> preference tool you can set your mouse to left-handed or right-handed use, or change the speed of the pointer on the screen. With the <application>Windows</application> preference tool you can set behavior common to all windows such as the way in which you select them with the mouse.</para>
  <para lang="en">To open a preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> in the top panel. Choose the tool that you require from the submenu.</para>
  <para lang="en">With a few exceptions, the changes you make to settings in a preference tool take effect immediately, without needing to close the preference tool. You can keep the preference tool window open while you try the changes, and make further changes if you wish.</para>
  <para lang="en">Some applications or system components may add their own preference tools to the menu.</para>
  <note><para lang="en">Some preference tools let you modify essential parts of your system, and therefore require administrative access. When you open the preference tool, a dialog box will prompt you for your password. These are in the <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu. This menu also contains more complex utility applications for managing and updating your system.</para></note>

<section xml:id="prefs-personal"><info><title>Osobno</title></info>
  
  <!-- Was Login Photo prefs, could go to About Me if that was enabled by default -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-95"/>

  <section xml:id="goscustaccess-11"><info><title>Prilagodbe pomoćnih tehnologija</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>accessibility</primary>
      <secondary>setting assistive technology
preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Assistive Technologies</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use the <application>Assistive Technologies</application> preference tool to enable assistive technologies
in the MATE Desktop. You can also use the <application>Assistive Technology</application> preference tool to open other preference tools which contain preferences related to assistive technologies.</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guibutton>Preferred Applications</guibutton> lets you specify assistive technology applications to start automatically when you log in. See <xref linkend="prefs-preferredapps"/></para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guibutton>Keyboard Accessibility</guibutton> lets you configure keyboard accessibility features such as sticky keys, slow keys or bounce keys.
        See <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"/></para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guibutton>Mouse Accessibility</guibutton> lets you configure mouse accessibility features such as dwell clicking. See <xref linkend="goscustdesk-53"/></para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustaccess-TBL-14"/> lists the assistive technology
preferences that you can modify.</para>
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustaccess-TBL-14"><info><title lang="en">Assistive Technology Preferences</title></info>
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
        <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>Opis</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Enable assistive technologies</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Select this option to enable assistive technologies
in the MATE Desktop.</para>
              <para lang="en">Note that for technical reasons, you have to log in
again after enabling this option for it to be fully effective.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </table>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"><info><title lang="en">Keyboard Shortcuts Preferences</title></info>
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-39"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Keyboard Shortcuts</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>shortcut keys</primary>
      <secondary>configuring</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
      <secondary>configuring</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool to customize the default keyboard shortcuts to your requirements.</para>    
    
    <para lang="en">A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination of
keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an action. For more on keyboard shortcuts, and a list of the default shortcuts in MATE, see <xref linkend="keyboard-skills"/>.</para>

    <para lang="en">To edit a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:</para>
    <orderedlist>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
	    Double-click on the shortcut that you want to edit. If you are using the keyboard, use the arrow keys to select the shortcut and press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">Press the new key or key combination you want to assign to the action.</para>
	      <para lang="en">To clear a shortcut, press <keycap>Backspace</keycap>. The action is now marked as <guilabel>Disabled</guilabel>.</para>
	    </listitem>
    </orderedlist>
    
    <para lang="en">To cancel assigning a shortcut, click elsewhere in the window or press <keycap>Escape</keycap>.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">The shortcuts you can customize are grouped as follows:</para>
    
    <variablelist>
    	<varlistentry><term>Radna površina</term>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">These are general shortcuts for the whole desktop, such as logging out, locking your screen (see <xref linkend="lock-screen"/>), opening the panel menubar (see <xref linkend="menubar"/>), or launching a web browser.</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry><term>Zvuk</term>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">Shortcuts for controlling your music player and the system volume.</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry><term>Upravitelj prozorima</term>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">Shortcuts for working with windows and workspaces, such as maximizing or moving the current window, and switching to another workspace. For more information on these kinds of actions, see <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/> and <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>.</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>Pristupačnost</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">Shortcuts for starting assistive technologies, such as
            a screen reader, a magnifier or an on-screen keyboard.</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>Prilagođeni prečaci</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">Custom shortcuts that have been added with the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button. This section will not be shown if there are no custom shortcuts.</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
    <para lang="en">
      To add a custom shortcut, use the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button in the action area. You have to provide a name and a command for the new shortcut. The new custom shortcut will appear in the list of shortcuts and can be edited in the same way as the predefined shortcuts.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      To remove a custom shortcut, use the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button.
    </para>
  </section>  

  <section xml:id="prefs-preferredapps"><info><title>Prvenstvene aplikacije</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdoc-2"/>       
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Preferred Applications</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>default applications</primary>
      <see>preferred applications</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use the <application>Preferred
Applications</application> preference tool to specify the applications that
you want the MATE Desktop to use when the MATE Desktop starts an application
for you. For example, you can specify the web browser application (<application>Epiphany</application>, <application>Mozilla Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>...) to launch when you click on a link in other applications such as 
email clients or document viewers.</para>

	<para lang="en"> <application>Preferred Applications</application> can be found by going to
<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Personal</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Preferred Applications</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can customize the preferences for the <application>Preferred Applications</application> preference tool in the following functional areas.</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Internet</guilabel> (Web Browser, Mail Reader)
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> (Image Viewer, Multimedia Player, Video Player)
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>System</guilabel> (Text Editor, Terminal Emulator, File Manager)
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Office</guilabel> (Document Viewer, Word Processor, Spreadsheet Editor)
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> (Visual, Mobility)
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <para lang="en">For each preferred application category, a drop-down menu contains a list of possible applications you can choose from. The list depends on the applications installed on your computer.</para>
    <tip><formalpara><title lang="en">Run at start (Accessibility only)</title><para lang="en">Select this option to run the command as soon as your session begins.</para></formalpara></tip>
  </section>
</section>

<section xml:id="prefs-look-and-feel"><info><title>Izgled i osjećaj</title></info>

  <section xml:id="prefs-appearance"><info><title>Prilagodbe izgleda</title></info>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Appearance</application> preference tool lets
    you configure various aspects of how your desktop looks:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Theme,</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Desktop Background,</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Fonts,</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">User Interface.</para>
      </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>

  <section xml:id="prefs-theme"><info><title lang="en">Theme Preferences</title></info>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-12"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-54"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-82"/>
  
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>themes</primary>
      <secondary>setting controls options</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>themes</primary>
      <secondary>setting window frame options</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>themes</primary>
      <secondary>setting icons options</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>windows</primary>
      <secondary>setting frame theme options</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Theme</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">A theme is a group of coordinated settings that specifies
the visual appearance of a part of the MATE Desktop. You can choose themes
to change the appearance of the MATE Desktop. Use the <application>Theme</application> tabbed section to select a theme. You can choose from a list
of available themes. The list of available themes includes several themes
for users with accessibility requirements. </para>
    <para lang="en">A theme contains settings that affect different parts of the MATE Desktop, as follows:</para>
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>Upravljanje</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>GTK+
themes</primary><see>themes, controls options</see></indexterm><indexterm lang="en"><primary>themes</primary><secondary>controls options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm>The controls setting for a theme determines
the visual appearance of windows, panels, and applets. The controls setting
also determines the visual appearance of the MATE-compliant interface items
that appear on windows, panels, and applets, such as menus, icons, and buttons.
Some controls setting options that are available are designed for special
accessibility needs. You can choose an option for the controls setting from
the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>Boje</term>
        <listitem>
           <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>themes</primary><secondary>color options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm lang="en"><primary>color themes</primary><see>themes, color options</see></indexterm>The color setting for
a theme determines the color of various user interface elements. You can choose several pairs of colors from the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
           <note><para lang="en">It is important to choose pairs of colors that have a good contrast with each other,
           otherwise text may become hard to read.</para></note>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">Window frame</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>themes</primary><secondary>window frame options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm lang="en"><primary>Marco themes</primary><see>themes, window frame options</see></indexterm>The window frame setting for
a theme determines the appearance of the frames around windows only. You can
choose an option for the window frame setting from the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>Sličice</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>themes</primary><secondary>icons options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm lang="en"><primary>icon themes</primary><see>themes, icons options</see></indexterm>The icon setting for a theme determines the appearance of
the icons on panels and the desktop background. You can choose an option for
the icon setting from the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>Pokazivač</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>themes</primary><secondary>pointer options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm lang="en"><primary>pointer themes</primary><see>themes, pointer options</see></indexterm>The pointer setting for a theme determines the appearance of
and size of the mouse pointer. You can choose the options for setting the pointer from the <guilabel>Pointer</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-61"><info><title lang="en">To Create a Custom Theme</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">The themes that are listed in the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel>
tabbed section are different combinations of controls options, window frame options,
and icon options. You can create a custom theme that uses different combinations
of controls options, window frame options, and icon options.</para>
      <para lang="en">To create a custom theme, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
          Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select a theme in the list of themes.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the controls option that you want to use in the custom
theme from the list in the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tabbed section. The
list of available controls options includes several options for users with
accessibility requirements.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tab to display
the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tabbed section. Select the window frame
option that you want to use in the custom theme from the list of available
options. The list of available window frame options includes several options
for users with accessibility requirements.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tabbed section. Select the icons option that you want to
use in the custom theme from the list of available options. The list of available
icons options includes several options for users with accessibility requirements.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">On the <application>Appearance</application> preferences tool,
click on the <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Save Theme
As</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Type a name and a short description for the custom theme in
the dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. The custom theme now appears
in your list of available themes.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-62"><info><title lang="en">To Install a New Theme</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can add a theme to the list of available themes. The new theme must
be an archive file that is tarred and zipped. That is, the new theme must
be a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file.</para>
      <para lang="en">To install a new theme, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
           Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button.
A file chooser dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Enter the location of the theme archive file in the location
entry. Alternatively, select the theme archive file in the file list. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button to install
the new theme. </para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

<!--How does this work nowadays ?
    <sect4 id="goscustdesk-80">
      <title>To Install a New Theme Option</title>
      <para>You can install new controls options, window frame options, or icons
options. You can find many controls options on the Internet.</para>
      <para>To install a new controls option, window frame option, or icons option,
perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
          Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button.
An <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Click on the tab for the type of theme that you want to install.
For example, to install an icons option, click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel>
tab.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Click on the <guibutton>Install Theme</guibutton> button.
A <guilabel>Theme Installation</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Enter the location of the option archive file in the drop-down
combination box. Alternatively, to browse for the file, click on the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button to install
the new option. </para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </sect4>
-->

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-81"><info><title lang="en">To Delete a Theme Option</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can delete controls options, window frame options, or icons options.</para>
      <para lang="en">To delete a controls option, window frame option, or icons option, perform
the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
          Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button.
A <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the tab for the type of option that you want to delete. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the theme option you want to delete.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button to delete the
          selected option. Note that you can not delete system-wide theme
          options.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-desktopbackground"><info><title lang="en">Desktop Background Preferences</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-7"/>       
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>desktop</primary>
      <secondary>customizing background</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>MATE Desktop preference tools</primary>
      <see>preference tools</see>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Background</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>backgrounds</primary>
      <secondary>customizing desktop background</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <xref linkend="overview-desktop"/> background is the image or color that is applied to your
desktop. You can open <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool by right-clicking on the desktop and choosing <guimenuitem>Change Desktop Background</guimenuitem>, as well as from the <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can customize the desktop background in the following ways:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Select an image for the desktop background. The image is superimposed
on the desktop background color. The desktop background color is visible if
you select a transparent image, or if the image does not cover the entire
desktop.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Select a color for the desktop background. You can select
a solid color, or create a gradient effect with two colors. A gradient effect
is a visual effect where one color blends gradually into another color. </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <tip><para lang="en">You can also drag a color or a pattern to the desktop from the <guilabel>Backgrounds
and Emblems</guilabel> dialog in the <application>Caja</application> file manager (see <xref linkend="caja-backgrounds-and-emblems"/>).</para></tip>
    <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-14"/> lists the background preferences
that you can modify.</para>
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-14"><info><title lang="en">Desktop Background Preferences</title></info>
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
        <thead>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>Opis</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guibutton>Desktop Background</guibutton>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Choose an image from the list.  Alternately, you can use the
<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to choose any image on your computer.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Style</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">To specify how to display the image, select one of the following
options from the <guilabel>Style</guilabel> drop-down list:</para>
              <itemizedlist>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Centered</guilabel>: Displays the image in the middle
of the desktop, respecting the image's original size.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Fill Screen</guilabel>: Enlarges the image to cover
the desktop, altering its proportions if needed.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Scaled</guilabel>: Enlarges the image until the
image meets the screen edges, and maintains the proportions of the image.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Zoom</guilabel>: Enlarges the smaller dimension of the 
image until it meets the screen edges; the image may be cropped in the other dimension.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Tiled</guilabel>: Duplicates the original-sized image as
often as necessary and print the images next to another so as they entirely cover the desktop.</para>
                </listitem>
              </itemizedlist>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para/>
              <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to browse for
an image on your computer.  A standard file selector will be presented.  Choose
the image you want and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">Choose the image that you want to remove,
then click <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>.  This removes the image from the list of available wallpapers; however, it does not delete the image from your computer.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Colors</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">To specify a color scheme, use  the options
in the <guilabel>Style</guilabel> drop-down list, and the color
selector buttons.</para>
              <para lang="en">You can specify a color scheme in one of the
following ways:</para>
              <itemizedlist>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Choose <guilabel>Solid color</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list to specify a single color for the
desktop background. </para>
                  <para lang="en">To choose the color that you require, click on the <guibutton>Color</guibutton>  button. The <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
Choose a color, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Choose <guilabel>Horizontal gradient</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list. This option creates a gradient
effect from the left screen edge to the right screen edge.</para>
                  <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Left Color</guibutton> button  to display the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog. Choose the color that you want to appear at
the left edge.</para>
                  <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Right Color</guibutton> button. Choose the color
that you want to appear at the right edge.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Choose <guilabel>Vertical gradient</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list. This creates a gradient effect
from the top   screen edge to the bottom screen edge.</para>
                  <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Top Color</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog. Choose the color that you want to appear at
the top edge.</para>
                  <para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Bottom Color</guibutton> button. Choose the
color that you want to appear at the bottom edge.</para>
                </listitem>
              </itemizedlist>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </table>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-font"><info><title lang="en">Font Preferences</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-38"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-83"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-94"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Font</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>desktop</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>applications</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>window title</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>terminal</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>rendering</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool
to choose which fonts are used in different parts of the desktop, and the way in which fonts are displayed on the screen.</para>

    <section xml:id="prefs-font-choose"><info><title lang="en">Choosing Fonts</title></info>
      <para lang="en">The font selector button shows the name of the font and its point size. The name is also shown in bold, italic, or regular type.</para>
      <para lang="en">To change the font, click the font selector button. The font picker dialog opens. Select the font family, style, and point size from the lists. The preview area shows your current choice. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to accept the change and update the desktop.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can choose fonts for the following parts of the desktop:</para>

      <variablelist>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Application font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">This font is used in the menus, toolbars, and dialog boxes of applications.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Document font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">This font is used to display documents in applications.</para>
      	    <note><para lang="en">In some applications, you can override this choice in the application's preferences dialog.</para></note>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Desktop font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">This font is used in icon labels on the desktop.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Window title font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">This font is used in the titlebars of windows.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Fixed width font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para lang="en">This font is used in the <application>Terminal</application> application and applications to do with programming.</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	</variablelist>
  	</section>
	
  	<section xml:id="prefs-font-rendering"><info><title lang="en">Font Rendering</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can set the following options relating to how fonts are displayed on the screen:</para>
	
    	<variablelist>
     	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Rendering</guilabel></term>
    	  <listitem>
    	    <para lang="en">To specify how to render fonts on your screen,
    select one of the following options:</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Monochrome</guilabel>: Renders fonts in black and
    white only. The edges of characters might appear jagged in some cases because
    the characters  are not antialiased. <firstterm>Antialiasing</firstterm> is
    an effect that is applied to the edges of characters to make the characters
    look smoother.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Best shapes</guilabel>: Antialiases fonts where
    possible. Use this option for standard Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) monitors.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Best contrast</guilabel>: Adjusts fonts to give
    the sharpest possible contrast, and also antialiases fonts, so that characters
    have smooth edges. This option might enhance the accessibility of the MATE
    Desktop to  users with visual impairments.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Subpixel smoothing (LCDs)</guilabel>: Uses techniques
    that exploit the shape of individual Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) pixels to
    render fonts smoothly. Use this option for LCD or flat-screen displays.</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
    	  </listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
     	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guibutton>Details</guibutton></term>
    	  <listitem>
    	    <para lang="en">Click on this button to specify further details of how
    to render fonts on your screen.</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Resolution (dots per inch)</guilabel>: Use the spin
    box to specify the resolution to use when your screen renders fonts.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Smoothing</guilabel>: Select one of the options
    to specify how to antialias fonts.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Hinting</guilabel>:  <firstterm>Hinting</firstterm>
    is a font-rendering technique that improves the quality of fonts at small
    sizes and an at low screen resolutions. Select one of the options to specify
    how to apply hinting your fonts.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Subpixel order</guilabel>: Select one of the options
    to specify the subpixel color order for your fonts. Use this option for LCD
    or flat-screen displays.</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
    	  </listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
   
    </section>

<!-- go to fonts folder no longer exists
    <sect4 id="goscustdesk-83">
      <title>Previewing a Font</title>
      <indexterm>
        <primary>fonts</primary>
        <secondary>previewing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>A preview of a font shows the characters of a font at different sizes, as well as copyright and technical information. To preview a font, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>Open the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the top panel.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Details</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Go to font folder</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder opens.</para></listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Open a font to display a preview.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </sect4>
-->

<!-- go to fonts folder no longer exists
    <sect4 id="goscustdesk-94">
      <title>Adding a TrueType Font</title>
      <para>To add a TrueType font to your system, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>Open the <application>Font</application> preference tool by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the panel menubar.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Details</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Go to font folder</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder opens.</para></listitem>      
        <listitem>
          <para>Open a file manager window and select the TrueType font that
you want to add.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Copy the TrueType font file that you want to add to the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <warning><para>The new font will not appear in the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder until you next log in. You will need to relaunch applications for them to have access to the new font. These are known bugs in Mate.</para></warning>
      
      <tip><para>You can also open the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder by typing the following URI into <application>Caja</application> file manager's <link linkend="caja-open-location">Open Location dialog</link>: <command>fonts:///</command>.</para></tip>
    </sect4>
-->
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-menustoolbars"><info><title lang="en">Interface Preferences</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustuserinter-2"/>    
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>toolbars, customizing appearance</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Menus &amp; Toolbars</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>menus</primary>
      <secondary>in applications, customizing appearance</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">You can use the <guilabel>Interface</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool to customize the appearance
of menus, menubars, and toolbars for applications that are part of MATE.</para>
    <para lang="en">As you make changes to the settings, the preview display in the window updates. This allows you to see the changes if no application windows are currently open.</para>
    <variablelist>
     	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Show icons in menus</guilabel></term>
    	  <listitem>
    	    <para lang="en">Select this option to display an icon beside
    items in application menus and the panel menu. Not all menu items have an icon.</para>
    	  </listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Editable menu shortcut keys</guilabel></term>
	      <listitem><para lang="en">Selecting this option allows you to define new keyboard shortcuts for menu items.</para>
	      <para lang="en">To change an application shortcut key, open the menu, and with the mouse pointer on the menu item you wish to change, press the new combination of keys. To remove a shortcut key, press <keycap>Backspace</keycap> or <keycap>Delete</keycap>.</para>
	      <warning>
	        <para lang="en">When using this feature, you will not be warned if assigning a new shortcut key to a command also removes it from another command.</para>
	        <para lang="en">There is no way to restore the original, default keyboard shortcut for a command.</para>
	        <para lang="en">This feature does not maintain shortcuts that are normally common to all applications, such as <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> for Copy. This may lead to inconsistencies in your MATE applications.</para>
	      </warning>
	      </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
     	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Toolbar button labels</guilabel></term>
    	  <listitem>
    	    <para lang="en">Choose one of the following options to specify
    what to display on the toolbars in your MATE-compliant applications:</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Text Below Icons</guilabel>: Select this option
    to display toolbars with text as well as an icon on each button. </para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Text Beside Icons</guilabel>: Select this option
    to display toolbars with an icon only on each button, and with text on the
    most important buttons.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Icons Only</guilabel>: Select this option to display
    toolbars with an icon only on each button.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guilabel>Text Only</guilabel>: Select this option to display
    toolbars with text only on each button.</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
    	  </listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-windows"><info><title lang="en">Windows Preferences</title></info>
    <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-58"/>    

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>window manager</primary>
      <secondary>customizing</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Windows</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use the <application>Windows</application>
preference tool to customize window behavior for the MATE Desktop.</para>
    <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustwindows-TBL-14"/> lists the windows preferences
that you can modify.</para>
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustwindows-TBL-14"><info><title lang="en">Windows Preferences</title></info>
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
        <thead>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>Opis</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Select windows when the mouse moves over them</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Select this option
to give focus to a window when you point to the window. The window retains
focus until you point to another window.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Raise selected windows after an interval</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Select this option to raise windows
a short time after the window receives focus.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Interval before raising</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Specify the interval to wait before
raising a window that has received focus.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Double-click titlebar to perform this action</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Select the behavior
that you want to occur when you double-click on a window titlebar. Select
one of the following options:</para>
              <itemizedlist>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Maximize</guilabel>: Maximizes the window.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Maximize Vertically</guilabel>: Maximizes the window vertically without changing its width.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Maximize Horizontally</guilabel>: Maximizes the window horizontally without changing its height.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Minimize</guilabel>: Minimizes the window.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>Roll up</guilabel>: Roll up the window.</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en"><guilabel>None</guilabel>: Do nothing.</para>
                </listitem>
              </itemizedlist>
              <para lang="en">If a window is already maximized or rolled up, double-clicking 
              on the titlebar will return it to its normal state.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>To move a window, press-and-hold this key then grab the window</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Select
the key to press-and-hold when you drag a window to move the window.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </table>
    <note>
      <para lang="en">The position of the Control, Alt and Super keys on the keyboard can be modified in the 
      Keyboard Layout Options dialog, see <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"/>. 
      </para>
    </note>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-screensaver"><info><title>Prilagodbe zaslonskog čuvara</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>screensaver</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">A <firstterm>screensaver</firstterm> displays moving images on your screen when your computer is not being used. Screensavers also help prevent older monitors being damaged by the same image being displayed for long periods of time. To stop the screensaver and return to the desktop, move the mouse or press a key on the keyboard.</para>
    <para lang="en">Use the <application>Screensaver</application> preference tool to set the type of screensaver, the time before the screensaver starts, and whether to require a password to return to the desktop.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can modify the following settings:</para>
    <variablelist>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term>Zaslonski čuvar</term>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">Select the <guilabel>Screensaver theme</guilabel> from the list. A reduced version of the selected screensaver theme is shown. Press <guibutton>Preview</guibutton> to show the selected theme on the whole screen. During preview, use the arrow buttons at the top of the screen to go through the list of screensaver themes.</para>
    	  <itemizedlist>
	        <listitem><para lang="en">The <guilabel>Blank screen</guilabel> theme displays no image and only shows a black screen.</para></listitem>
	        <listitem><para lang="en">The <guilabel>Random</guilabel> theme selects a screensaver to display from the list at random.</para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
    	  <para lang="en">Which screensavers are shown in the remainder of the list depends on your distributor or vendor.</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en">Regard the computer as idle after...</term>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">Your computer becomes idle after this amount of time has passed with no input from you, such as moving the mouse or typing. This may affect power management (the monitor may power down for example) or instant messaging (chat applications may set your status as "away"). Use the slider to set the length of time in minutes or hours.</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en">Activate screensaver when computer is idle</term>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">Select this option to have the screensaver start after the set length of time. </para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en">Lock screen when screensaver is active</term>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">When this option is selected, the screensaver will prompt you for your password when you try to return to the desktop. For more on locking your screen, see <xref linkend="lock-screen"/>.</para></listitem>  	
    	</varlistentry>
  </variablelist>
  </section>
</section>

<section xml:id="prefs-internet-and-network"><info><title>Internet i mreža</title></info>

  <section xml:id="prefs-network-admin"><info><title>Mrežne postavke</title></info>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Network Settings</application> allows you to specify the way your system connects to other computers and to internet.</para>
    <para lang="en">You will be prompted for the administrator password when you start <application>Network Settings</application>. This is because the changes done with this tool will affect the whole system.</para>

  <section xml:id="prefs-network-admin-getting-started"><info><title lang="en">Getting started</title></info>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Network Settings</application> main window contains four tabbed sections:</para>
    <variablelist>
	 <varlistentry>
	   <term lang="en"><guilabel>Connections</guilabel></term>
	   <listitem>
		<para lang="en">Shows all network interfaces, it also allows you to modify their settings.</para>
	   </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>

	 <varlistentry>
	   <term lang="en"><guilabel>General</guilabel></term>
	   <listitem>
		<para lang="en">Allows you to modify your system host name and domain name.</para>
	   </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>

    	 <varlistentry>
	   <term lang="en"><guilabel>DNS</guilabel></term>
	   <listitem>
		<para lang="en">Contains two sections, the <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are what your computer use for resolving the IP addresses from the domain names. The <guilabel>search domains</guilabel> are the default domains in which your system will search any host when no domain is specified.</para>
	   </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>

	 <varlistentry>
	   <term lang="en"><guilabel>Hosts</guilabel></term>
	   <listitem>
		<para lang="en">Shows the list of aliases for accessing other computers.</para>
	   </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-network-admin-usage"><info><title>Upotreba</title></info>

    <section xml:id="tool-modify-connection"><info><title lang="en">To modify a connection settings</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Connections</guilabel> section, select the interface you want to modify and press the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> button, depending on the interface type you will be able to modify different data.</para>

	 <variablelist>
	   <varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">Ethernet and IRLAN interfaces</term>
		<listitem>
		  <para lang="en">You can modify the way the interface is configured (DHCP or manually), if the interface is configured manually, you can also modify the interface IP address, netmask and gateway.</para>
		</listitem>
	   </varlistentry>

	   <varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">Wireless interfaces</term>
		<listitem>
		  <para lang="en">You can modify the way the interface is configured (DHCP or manually), if the interface is configured manually, you can also modify the interface IP address, netmask and gateway, you can also modify the network name (ESSID) for this interface.</para>
		</listitem>
	   </varlistentry>

	   <varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">Parallel line interfaces</term>
		<listitem>
		  <para lang="en">You can modify the interface IP address, as well as the remote IP address.</para>
		</listitem>
	   </varlistentry>

	   <varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">PPP/Modem interfaces</term>
		<listitem>
		  <para lang="en">You can modify the modem device, whether you want it to dial using tones or pulses, the modem volume, the phone number, the username and password that your ISP provided and other advanced settings for PPP.</para>
		</listitem>
	   </varlistentry>
	 </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To activate or deactivate an interface</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Connections</guilabel> section, enable or disable the checkbox beside the interface.</para>
    </section>
    
    <section><info><title lang="en">To change your host name and domain name</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> section, change the hostname or domain name text boxes.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To add a new domain name server</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>DNS Servers</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and fill in the new list row with the new domain name server.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To delete a domain name server</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>DNS Servers</guilabel> section, select a DNS IP address from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To add a new search domain</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Search Domains</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and fill in the new list row with the new search domain.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To delete a search domain</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Search Domains</guilabel> section, select a search domain from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To add a new host alias</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and type an IP address and the aliases that will point to in the window that pops up.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To modify a host alias</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, select an alias, press the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> button from the list and modify the alias settings in the window that pops up.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To delete a host alias</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, select an alias from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="prefs-network-admin-add-new-profile"><info><title lang="en">To save your current network configuration as a "Location"</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">Press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button besides the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, specify the location name in the window that pops up.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To delete a location</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">Press the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button besides the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, the selected profile will be deleted.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">To switch to a location</title></info>
	 <para lang="en">Select one location from the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, all the configuration will be switched automatically to the chosen location.</para>
    </section>

  </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-networkproxy"><info><title>Prilagodbe posredničkog mrežnog poslužitelja</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-50"/>       
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Network Proxy</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>network proxy</primary>
      <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>Internet</primary>
      <secondary>configuring connection</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>proxy</primary>
      <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Network Proxy Preferences</application>
    enables you to configure how your system connects to the Internet.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can configure the MATE Desktop to connect to a <firstterm>proxy server</firstterm>,
    and specify the details of the proxy server. A proxy server is a server that intercepts requests
    to another server, and fulfills the request itself, if it can. You can enter the domain name or
    the Internet Protocol (IP) address of the proxy server. A <firstterm>domain name</firstterm> is
    a unique alphabetic identifier for a computer on a network. An <firstterm>IP address</firstterm>
    is a unique numeric identifier for a computer on a network.</para>
    <para lang="en">Since it is possible that you need to use a different proxy configuration in different places,
    <application>Network Proxy Preferences</application> allows you to define separate proxy configurations
    and switch between them using the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> drop-down box at the top of the window.
    Choose <guilabel>New Location</guilabel> to create a proxy configuration for a new location. Locations
    can be removed using the <guilabel>Delete Location</guilabel> button at the bottom of the window.</para>
  
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Direct internet connection</guilabel></term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Select this option to connect to the Internet without a proxy server.</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Manual proxy configuration</guilabel></term>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Select this option to connect to the Internet through a proxy server and
        configure the proxy settings manually.</para>

        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>HTTP proxy</guilabel></term>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you request
              an HTTP service. Enter the port number of the HTTP service on the proxy server in the
              <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field.</para>
              <para lang="en">If the HTTP proxy server requires authentication, click the <guibutton>Details</guibutton>
              button to enter your username and password.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>Secure HTTP proxy</guilabel></term>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you
            request a secure HTTP service. Enter the port number of the secure HTTP service on
            the proxy server in the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field.</para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>FTP proxy</guilabel></term>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you
            request an FTP service. Enter the port number of the FTP service on the proxy server in
            the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field.</para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>Socks host</guilabel></term>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Enter the domain name or IP address of the Socks host to use. Enter the port
            number for the Socks protocol on the proxy server in the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field.</para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
      </listitem></varlistentry>
      <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Automatic proxy
      configuration</guilabel></term><listitem><para lang="en">Select this option if you want to connect to the Internet through a proxy
      server, and you want to configure the proxy server automatically.</para>
      <para lang="en">Automatic proxy configuration works by means of a so-called PAC file, which your browser downloads from a web server. If you don't specify the URL for a PAC file in the <guilabel>Autoconfiguration URL</guilabel> entry, your browser 
      will try to locate one automatically.</para>
      <variablelist>
      <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Autoconfiguration
      URL</guilabel></term><listitem><para lang="en">Enter the URL of a PAC file that contains the information required to configure the proxy
    server automatically.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
      </variablelist></listitem></varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
    
    <para lang="en">Set which hosts should not use the proxy in the <guilabel>Ignore Host List</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Ignored Hosts</guilabel> tabbed section. When you access these hosts, you will connect to the Internet directly without a proxy.</para>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-remotedesktop"><info><title lang="en">Remote Desktop Preferences</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-90"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>setting session sharing preferences</primary>
    </indexterm>           
    <para lang="en">The <application>Remote Desktop</application> preference tool enables you to share a MATE Desktop session
between multiple users, and to set session-sharing preferences.</para>
    <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-91"/> lists the session-sharing preferences
that you can set. These preferences have a direct impact on the security of
your system.</para>
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-91"><info><title lang="en">Session Sharing Preferences</title></info>
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
        <thead>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>Opis</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Allow other users to view your desktop</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Select this option to enable remote users to view your
session. All keyboard, pointer, and clipboard events from the remote user
are ignored.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Allow other users to control your desktop</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">Select this option to enable other to access and control
your session from a remote location.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <!--
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para>
                <guilabel>Users
can view your desktop using this command:</guilabel>
                
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para>Click on the command text to send it to
another user by email.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          -->
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>When
a user tries to view or control your desktop</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">Select the following security
considerations when a user tries to view or control your session:<itemizedlist><listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Ask you for confirmation:</guilabel> Select this
option if you want remote users to ask you for confirmation when they want
to share your session. This option enables you to be aware of other users
who connect to your session. You can also decide what time is suitable for
the remote user to connect to your session.</para></listitem><listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Require the user to enter this password:</guilabel>
Select this option to authenticate the remote user if authentication is used.
This option provides an extra level of security.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Password</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">Enter the password that the client who attempts to view or control your session
must enter.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </table>
  </section>  
</section>

<section xml:id="prefs-hardware"><info><title>Sklopovlje</title></info>
	
  <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard"><info><title>Prilagodbe tipkovnice</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustperiph-2"/>       
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Keyboard</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>keyboard</primary>
      <secondary>configuring general preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool to modify the autorepeat preferences for
your keyboard, and to configure typing break settings. </para>
    <!--
    adds no information until each tab can be briefly summarized.
    
    <para>You can set the preferences for the <application>Keyboard</application>
preference tool in the following functional areas:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          <guilabel>Typing Break</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          <guilabel>Layouts</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          <guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    -->
    <para lang="en">To open the <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"/> tool, click the <guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button.</para>    
    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-40"><info><title>Prilagodbe tipkovnice</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section to set general
keyboard preferences.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustperiph-TBL-3"/> lists the keyboard preferences
that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustperiph-TBL-3"><info><title>Prilagodbe tipkovnice</title></info>
        
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Key presses repeat when key is held down</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to enable keyboard repeat. If keyboard
repeat is enabled, when you press-and-hold a key, the action associated with
the key is performed repeatedly. For example, if you press-and-hold a character
key, the character is typed repeatedly.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select the delay from the time you press a key to the time
that the action repeats.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select the speed at which the action is repeated.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Cursor blinks in text boxes and fields</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to enable the
cursor to blink in fields and text boxes.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify the speed at which the cursor
blinks in fields and text boxes.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Type to test settings</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">The test area is an interactive interface so you can see
how the keyboard settings affect the display as you type. Type text in the
test area to test the effect of your settings.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard-layouts"><info><title lang="en">Keyboard Layouts Preferences</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-100"/>         
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tabbed section to set your keyboard's language, and also the make and model of keyboard you are using.</para>
      <para lang="en">This will allow MATE to make use of special media keys on your keyboard, and to show the correct characters for your keyboard's language.</para>
      
      <variablelist>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Keyboard model</guilabel></term>
	        <listitem><para lang="en">Use the browse button (labeled with the currently selected keyboard model) to choose another keyboard make and model.</para></listitem>
	      </varlistentry>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Separate layout for each window</guilabel></term>
	        <listitem><para lang="en">
	        When this option is selected, each window has its own keyboard layout. Changing to a different layout will only affect the current window.</para>
	        <para lang="en">This allows you to type with a Russian keyboard layout in a word processor, then switch to your web browser and type with an English keyboard layout, for example. </para></listitem>
              </varlistentry>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Selected Layouts</guilabel></term>
	        <listitem><para lang="en">You can switch between selected layouts to change the characters your keyboard produces when you type. To add a layout, click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. You can have up to four layouts. To remove a layout, select it and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>.</para>
	        <para lang="en">To switch between keyboard layouts, use the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> panel applet. <!-- better link to the specific page, but not yet suitable for a direct link: help:gswitchit?gswitchit-applet-switching --></para>
                 <para lang="en">To add a layout to the list of selected layouts, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. It opens a layout chooser dialog, which lets you select a layout by country or by language.</para> 
	        </listitem>
	      </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
      
      <para lang="en">Click <guibutton>Reset to Defaults</guibutton> to restore all keyboard layout settings to their initial state for your system and locale.</para>

      <para lang="en">Click the <guibutton>Layout Options</guibutton> button to open the <guilabel>Keyboard Layout Options</guilabel> dialog.</para>
   </section>
    
    <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"><info><title>Mogućnosti rasporeda tipkovnice</title></info> 
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-101"/>
      <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Keyboard Layout Options</guilabel> dialog has options for the behavior of keyboard modifier keys and certain shortcut options.</para>
      <para lang="en">Expand each group label to show the available options. A label in boldface indicates that the options in the group have been changed from the default setting.</para>
      <note><para lang="en">The options shown in this dialog depend on the X windowing system you are using. Not all the following options might be listed on your system, and not all the options shown might work on your system.</para></note>

      <!-- the options of mystery!!!       
           for future reference, these are in
           /etc/X11/xkb/rules/xorg.xml
      -->
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Adding the EuroSign to certain keys</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Use these options to add the Euro currency symbol € to a key as a third-level character. To access this symbol, you must assign a <guilabel>third level chooser</guilabel>.</para>
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Alt/Win key behavior</guilabel></term>
                <listitem><para lang="en">
                  This group of options allows you to assign the behavior of Unix modifier keys Super, Meta, and Hyper to the <keycap>Alt</keycap> and <keycap>Windows</keycap> keys on your keyboard.
                </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>CapsLock key behavior</guilabel></term>
                <listitem><para lang="en">
                  This group has several options for the <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap> key.
                </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Compose key position</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">The Compose key allows you to combine two keypresses to make a single character. This is used to create an accented character that might not be on your keyboard layout. For example, press the Compose key, then <keycap>'</keycap>, then <keycap>e</keycap> to obtain e-acute character. <!-- Translators: feel free to use an example suitable to your locale --></para>
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Control key position</guilabel></term>
                <listitem><para lang="en">
                  Use this group of options to set the location of the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key to match the layout on older keyboards.
                </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel></term>
                <listitem><para lang="en">
                  Select keys or key combinations to switch your keyboard layout when pressed.
                </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Miscellaneous compatibility options</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <variablelist>
	                  <varlistentry>
	                    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Shift with numpad keys works as in MS Windows.</guilabel></term>
                    	<listitem>
                    	  <para lang="en">With this option selected, using <keycap>Shift</keycap> with keys on the numerical pad when <keycap>NumLock</keycap> is off extends the current selection.</para>
                    	  <para lang="en">With this option unselected, use <keycap>Shift</keycap> with keys on the numerical pad to obtain the reverse of the current behavior for that key. For example, when <keycap>NumLock</keycap> is off, the <keycap>8</keycap> key acts as an up-arrow. Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>8</keycap></keycombo> to type an '8'.</para></listitem>
                    	</varlistentry>
                    	<varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Special keys (Ctrl+Alt+&lt;key&gt;) handled in a server.</guilabel></term>
	<listitem><para lang="en">Select this option to have certain keyboard shortcuts passed to the X windowing system instead of being handled by MATE.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
                    </variablelist>
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Third level choosers</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">A <firstterm>third level</firstterm> key allows you to obtain a third character from a key, in the same way that pressing <keycap>Shift</keycap> with a key produces a different character to pressing the key alone.</para>
                  <para lang="en">Use this group to select a key you want to act as a third level modifier key.</para>
                  <para lang="en">Pressing the third-level key and <keycap>Shift</keycap> produces a fourth character from a key.</para>
                  <para lang="en">The third and fourth level characters for your keyboard layout are shown in the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> Layout View Window.</para>
                  <!-- better link, pending CVS commit of gswitchit docs: "help:gswitchit?layout-view" -->
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Use keyboard LED to show alternative group.</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Use this option to specify that one of the light indicators on your keyboard should indicate when an alternative keyboard layout is in use.</para>
                  <note><para lang="en">The selected keyboard light will no longer indicate its standard function. For example, the Caps Lock light will not react to the <keycap>Caps Lock key</keycap>.</para></note>
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard-a11y"><info><title lang="en">Keyboard Accessibility Preferences</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>AccessX</primary>
      <see>preference tools, Keyboard Accessibility</see>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>keyboard</primary>
      <secondary>configuring accessibility options</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>accessibility</primary>
      <secondary>configuring keyboard</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Keyboard Accessibility</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscustaccess-6"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscustaccess-8"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscustaccess-9"/>
      <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section allows you to set  options such as filtering out accidental keypresses and using shortcut keys without having to hold down several keys at once. These features are also known as AccessX.</para>

       <para lang="en">This section describes each of the preferences you can set. For a more task-oriented description of keyboard accessibility, see the <citetitle>MATE Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle>.</para>

      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-85"/> lists the accessibility preferences
 that you can modify.</para>
     <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-85"><info><title lang="en">Accessibility Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Accessibility features can be toggled with keyboard shortcuts</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                   <para lang="en">
                     Select this option to show an icon in the notification 
                     area that offers quick access to accessibility features.
                   </para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Simulate simultaneous keypresses</guilabel>
                  </para>
                  <indexterm lang="en">
                    <primary>accessibility</primary>
                    <secondary>sticky keys</secondary>
                  </indexterm>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to perform multiple simultaneous keypress operations by
pressing the keys in sequence. Alternatively, to enable the sticky keys feature,
press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times.</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Disable sticky keys if two keys are pressed together</guilabel>
                    </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">Select this option to specify that when you press two keys simultaneously,
you can no longer press keys in sequence to perform multiple simultaneous
keypresses.</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Only accept long keypresses</guilabel>
                  </para>
                  <indexterm lang="en">
                    <primary>accessibility</primary>
                    <secondary>slow keys</secondary>
                  </indexterm>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to control the period that you must press-and-hold
a key before acceptance. Alternatively, to enable the slow keys feature, press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds.</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Use the slider
to specify the period that you must press-and-hold
a key before acceptance.</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Ignore fast duplicate keypresses</guilabel>
                  </para>
                  <indexterm lang="en">
                    <primary>accessibility</primary>
                    <secondary>bounce keys</secondary>
                  </indexterm>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to accept a key input and to control the key repeat characteristics
of the keyboard.</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                   <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify the interval to wait after the first
keypress before the automatic repeat of a pressed key.</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Type to test settings</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The
test area is an interactive interface so you can see how the keyboard settings
affect the display as you type. Type text in the test area to test the effect
of your settings.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para lang="en">To configure audio feedback for keyboard accessibility features,
      click the <guibutton>Audio Feedback</guibutton> button. It opens the
      <guilabel>Keyboard Accessibility Audio Feedback</guilabel> window.</para>
    </section>

   <section><info><title>Zvučna potvrda pristupačnosti tipkovnice</title></info>
      <para lang="en">Configure audio feedback for keyboard accessibility features.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-86"/> lists the audio feedback preferences
      that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-86"><info><title lang="en">Audio Feedback Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Beep when accessibility features are turned on or off</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option for an audible indication when a feature
                such as sticky keys or slow keys is activated, or deactivated.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a toggle key is pressed</guilabel>
                 </para>
                 <indexterm lang="en">
                    <primary>accessibility</primary>
                    <secondary>toggle keys</secondary>
                  </indexterm>
              </entry>
	      <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">Select this option for an audible indication of a toggle keypress. 
                 You hear one beep when a toggle key is turned on. You hear two
                  beeps when a toggle key is turned off.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</guilabel>
                 </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">Select this option for an audible indication when you 
                 press a modifier key.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a key is pressed</guilabel>
                 </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">Select this option for an audible indication when  
                 a key is pressed.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a key is accepted</guilabel>
                 </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">Select this option for an audible indication when  
                 a key is accepted.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a key is rejected</guilabel>
                 </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">Select this option for an audible indication when  
                 a key is rejected.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
   </section>
 
   <section><info><title lang="en">Mouse Keys Preferences</title></info>
     <anchor xml:id="goscustaccess-10"/>
     <para lang="en">The options in the <guilabel>Mouse Keys</guilabel> tabbed section
     let you configure the keyboard as a substitute for the mouse.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-88"/> lists the mouse keys preferences
 that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-88"><info><title lang="en">Typing Break Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Pointer can be controlled using the keypad</guilabel>
                </para>
                <indexterm lang="en">
                  <primary>accessibility</primary>
                  <secondary>mouse keys</secondary>
                </indexterm>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
               <para lang="en">Select this option to make the numeric keypad emulate mouse actions. The list of keys and their equivalences is in the <citetitle>MATE Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle> under the heading <citetitle>To Enable the Keyboard to Emulate the Mouse</citetitle>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Acceleration</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify how long it takes the pointer to accelerate to maximum speed.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider
to specify the maximum speed that the pointer moves across
the screen.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify the period that must pass
after a keypress before the pointer moves.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
  </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-86"><info><title lang="en">Typing Break Preferences</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">Configure the Typing Break Preferences to make MATE remind you to rest after you have been using the keyboard and mouse for a long time. During a Typing Break, the screen will be locked.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-87"/> lists the typing break preferences that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-87"><info><title lang="en">Typing Break Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Lock screen to enforce typing break</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to lock the screen when you are due a typing break.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Work interval lasts</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the spin box to specify how long you can work
before a typing break occurs.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Break interval lasts</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the spin box to specify the length of your typing
breaks.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Allow postponing of breaks</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option if you want to be able to postpone
typing breaks.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <note><para lang="en">
        If you stop using the keyboard and mouse for a length of time equal to the <guilabel>Break interval</guilabel> setting, the current work interval will be reset.
      </para></note>
    </section>    
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-mouse"><info><title>Prilagodbe miša</title></info>
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustperiph-5"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Mouse</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>mouse</primary>
      <secondary>configuring</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para lang="en">With the <application>Mouse</application> preference tool
    you can:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">configure your mouse for right-hand use or for left-hand use,</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>      
        <para lang="en">specify the speed and sensitivity of mouse movement,</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">configure mouse accessibility features.</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-55"><info><title lang="en">General Mouse Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section to specify whether
      the mouse buttons are configured for left-hand or right-hand use and configure
      the speed and sensitivity of your mouse.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustperiph-TBL-6"/> lists the general mouse preferences
that you can modify.</para>

    <!-- convert to variablelist -->
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustperiph-TBL-6"><info><title lang="en">Mouse Button Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Right-handed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to configure your mouse for right-hand use. When you configure your mouse for right-hand use, the left mouse button is the primary button and the right mouse button is the secondary button.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Left-handed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to configure your mouse for left-hand use. When you configure
your mouse for left-hand use, the functions of the left mouse button and the
right mouse button are swapped.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to enable a mouse pointer animation
when you press and release the Control key. This feature can assist
you to locate the mouse pointer.</para>
                <note>
                  <para lang="en">The position of the Control key on the keyboard can be 
                  modified in the Keyboard Layout Options dialog, see 
                  <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"/>.</para>
                </note>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Acceleration</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify the speed at which your
mouse pointer moves on your screen when you move your mouse.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Sensitivity</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify how sensitive your mouse
pointer is to movements of your mouse.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Threshold</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify the distance that you
must move an item before the move action is interpreted as a drag-and-drop
action.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Timeout</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify
the amount of time that can pass between clicks when you double-click. If
the interval between the first and second clicks exceeds the time that is
specified here, the action is not interpreted as a double-click. </para>
                <para lang="en">Use the light bulb icon to check double-click sensitivity: the light will light up briefly for a click, but stay lit for a double-click.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-53"><info><title lang="en">Mouse Accessibility Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section to configure
      accessibility features that can help people who have difficulty with exact positioning of the pointer or with pressing the mouse buttons:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
         <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
              Open a contextual menu by clicking and holding the primary mouse button; this is useful for users that can manipulate only one button.
            </para>
         </listitem>
         <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
              Perform different types of mouse button click by software; this useful for users that are not able to manipulate any buttons. The types of click that can be performed are:
               <variablelist>
                 <varlistentry>
                   <term lang="en">Single click</term>
                   <listitem>
                     <para lang="en">
                       A single click of the primary mouse button
                     </para>
                   </listitem>
                 </varlistentry>
                 <varlistentry>
                   <term lang="en">Double click</term>
                   <listitem>
                     <para lang="en">
                        A double click of the primary mouse button
                     </para>
                   </listitem>
                 </varlistentry>
                 <varlistentry>
                   <term lang="en">Drag click</term>
                   <listitem>
                     <para lang="en">
                       A click that begins a drag operation
                     </para>
                   </listitem>
                 </varlistentry>
                 <varlistentry>
                   <term lang="en">Secondary click</term>
                   <listitem>
                     <para lang="en">
                       A single click of the secondary mouse button
                     </para>
                   </listitem>
                 </varlistentry>
               </variablelist>
            </para>
         </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-47"/> lists the mouse accessibility preferences
that you can modify:</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-47"><info><title lang="en">Mouse Motion Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="30.10*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="69.90*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Trigger secondary click by holding down the primary button</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to enable simulated secondary clicks by pressing the primary mouse button for an extended time.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider in the <guilabel>Simulated Secondary Click</guilabel> section
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify how long the primary button must be pressed to simulate a secondary click.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Initiate click when stopping pointer movement</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to enable automatic clicks when the mouse stops. Use the additional preferences in the <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> section to configure how the type of click is chosen.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider in the <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> section
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify how long the pointer must remain at rest before an automatic click will be triggered.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify how much the pointer may move to still be considered at rest.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Choose type of click beforehand</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to pick the type of click to perform 
                from a window or panel applet.</para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show click type window</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  When this option is enabled, the different types of click (single click, double click, drag click or secondary click) can be selected in a window.</para> 
                <note><para lang="en">The <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> panel applet can
                be used instead of the window.</para></note>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Choose type of click with mouse gestures</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to pick the type of click by moving the mouse in a certain direction. The four combo boxes below this option allow to assign directions to the different types of click. Note that each direction can be used only for one type of click.</para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Single click</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  Choose the direction to trigger a single click.
                </para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Double click</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  Choose the direction to trigger a double click.
                </para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Drag click</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  Choose the direction to trigger a drag click.
                </para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Secondary click</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  Choose the direction to trigger a secondary click.
                </para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="goscustdesk-70"><info><title>Monitora</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Display</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use <application>Monitor Preferences</application>
to configure the monitors that your computer uses.</para>
<note><para lang="en">On most laptop keyboards, you can use the key combination
<keycombo><keycap>Fn</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo> to cycle between
several typical monitor configurations without starting <application>Monitor Preferences</application>.
</para></note>
<para lang="en">Drag the graphical representations of the monitors in
the upper left part of the window to set how your monitors are arranged.
<application>Monitor Preferences</application> displays small labels in the top
left corner of each monitor to help you identify which rectangle corresponds
to which monitor.</para>
<para lang="en">Changes you make in <application>Monitor Preferences</application>
don't take effect until you click the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button.
Settings will revert to their previous settings unless you confirm the changes.
This is to prevent bad display settings from rendering your computer unusable.</para>

<variablelist>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Same image in all monitors</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para lang="en">When this option is selected, your entire desktop will fit on
    a single monitor, and every monitor will show the same copy of your desktop.
    When it is not selected, your desktop spans multiple monitors, and each monitor
    shows only a part of your entire desktop.</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Detect monitors</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Click this button to find monitors that have been recently
    added or plugged in.</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
  <varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Show monitors in panel</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para lang="en">When this option is selected, an icon will be placed on your
    panel allowing you to quickly change certain settings without opening
    <application>Monitor Preferences</application>.</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
</variablelist>

<para lang="en">The following list explains the options you can set for each monitor.
The currently selected monitor is the one whose graphical representation has
a bold black outline.  It is also indicated by the background color of the
section label.</para>

<variablelist>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>On</guilabel> / <guilabel>Off</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Individual monitors can be completely disabled by
    selecting <guilabel>Off</guilabel>.</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Resolution</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Select the resolution to use for the currently selected
    monitor from the drop-down list. <emphasis>Resolution</emphasis>
    refers to the pixel dimensions of the screen. A larger
    resolution means that more things fit on the screen, but
    everything will be smaller.
    </para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Refresh rate</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Select the refresh rate to use for the currently
                selected monitor from the drop-down list. The <emphasis>refresh
                rate</emphasis> determines how often the computer redraws the
                screen. A too low refresh rate (below 60) makes the monitor
                flicker and can cause discomfort to your eyes. This is less
                of a problem on LCDs.
              </para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Rotation</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Select the rotation for the currently selected monitor.
    This option may not be supported on all graphics cards.</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</section>

  <section xml:id="goscustmulti-2"><info><title>Zvučne prilagodbe</title></info>
    
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Sound</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sound</primary>
      <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sound</primary>
      <secondary>associating events with sounds</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>events, associating sounds with</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>volume</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Sound</application> preference tool enables
you to control devices and volume for sound input and output. 
You can also specify which sounds to play when particular events occur.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can customize the settings for the <application>Sound</application>
preference tool in the following functional areas:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Sound Events</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Input</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Output</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para lang="en">You can change the overall output volume using the <guilabel>Output volume</guilabel> slider at the top of the window. The <guilabel>Mute</guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all output without disturbing the current volume.</para>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-48"><info><title lang="en">Sound Effects Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">A sound theme is collection of sound effects that are associated to various events, such as opening a dialog, clicking a button or selecting an item in a menu. One of the most prominent event sounds is the <emphasis>System Bell</emphasis> sound that often played to indicate a keyboard input error. Use the <guilabel>Sound Effects</guilabel> tabbed section of the <application>Sound</application> preference tool to choose a sound theme and modify the bell sound.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustmulti-TBL-6"/> lists the sound effects preferences that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustmulti-TBL-6"><info><title lang="en">Sound Effects Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>Alert Volume</guilabel> slider</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Alert Volume</guilabel> slider to
control the volume for event sounds.</para>
                <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Mute</guilabel> checkbox allows to
                temporarily suppress event sounds without modifying the
                current volume.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Sound Theme </guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use this combobox to select a different sound theme.</para>
                <para lang="en">Choose <guilabel>No sounds</guilabel> to turn off all event sounds.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>Choose an alert sound </guilabel> list</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose an alternative sound for the System Bell from this list.</para>
                <para lang="en">Selecting a list element plays the sound.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>Enable window and button sounds </guilabel> checkbox</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Uncheck this option if you don't want to hear sounds
                for window-related events (such as a dialog or a menu appearing)
                and button clicks.
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Sound Input Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Input</guilabel> tabbed section to set your 
      preferences for sound input.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-1"/> lists the sound input preferences that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-1"><info><title lang="en">Sound Input Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Input volume </guilabel> slider
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">Use the input volume slider to control the input level.</para>
                <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Mute </guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all input without disturbing the current input level.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Input level</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Input level</guilabel> display provides
                visual feedback that helps to select a suitable input volume.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Choose a device for sound input </guilabel> list
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">Choose the device that you want to receive sound input
                from.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <note><para lang="en">Note that the input volume can also be controlled with
      the microphone icon that is shown in the notification area of the panel
      when an application is listening for sound input.</para></note>
    </section>

    <section><info><title lang="en">Sound Output Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Output</guilabel> tabbed section to set your 
      preferences for sound output.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-2"/> lists the
sound output preferences that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-2"><info><title lang="en">Sound Output Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Output volume </guilabel> slider
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">Use the output volume slider to control the overall output volume.</para>
                <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Mute </guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all output without disturbing the current volume.</para>
                <para lang="en">Note that the <guilabel>Output volume</guilabel> slider 
                is located above the tabbed section at the top of the window.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Choose a device for sound output </guilabel> list
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">Choose the device that you want to hear sound output
                from.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Balance </guilabel> slider
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> slider to control
                the left/right balance of an output device that has more than
                one channel (e.g. stereo or 5.1).</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <note><para lang="en">Note that the output volume can also be controlled with
      the speaker icon that is shown in the notification area of the panel.</para></note>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-41"><info><title lang="en">Application Sound Preferences</title></info>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Applications</guilabel> tabbed section to 
      control the volume of sound played by individual applications.</para>
      <para lang="en">Each application that is currently playing sound is identified
      by its name and icon.</para>
    </section>
  </section>

<!--
<sect2 id="goscustdesk-79">
<title>Customizing PalmOS Devices</title>
<indexterm><primary>preference tools</primary><secondary>PalmOS devices</secondary>
</indexterm><para>Information to be supplied in a future release.</para>
</sect2>
-->
</section>

<section xml:id="prefs-system"><info><title>Sustav</title></info>

  <section xml:id="prefs-sessions"><info><title lang="en">Sessions Preferences</title></info>
    <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustsession-5"/>   
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Sessions</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>startup applications</primary>
      <secondary>customizing</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The <application>Sessions</application>
preference tool enables you to manage your sessions. You can set session preferences,
and specify which applications to start when you start a session. You can
configure sessions to save the state of applications in the MATE Desktop,
and to restore the state when you start another session. You can also use
this preference tool to manage multiple MATE sessions.</para>
    <para lang="en">You can customize the settings for sessions and startup applications
in the following functional areas:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Session Options</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <section xml:id="goscustsession-16"><info><title lang="en">Setting Session Preferences</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>sessions</primary>
        <secondary>setting options</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Session Options</guilabel> tabbed section
to manage multiple sessions, and to set preferences for the current session.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustsession-TBL-11"/> lists the session options that
you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustsession-TBL-11"><info><title lang="en">Session Options</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Automatically remember running applications when logging out</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <indexterm lang="en">
                  <primary>startup applications</primary>
                  <secondary>session-managed</secondary>
                </indexterm>
                <para lang="en">Select this
option if you want the session manager to save the state of your session 
when logging out. The session manager saves the session-managed applications 
that are open, and the settings associated with the session-managed applications 
when you log out. The next time that you start a session, the applications start 
automatically, with the saved settings.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Remember currently running applications</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <indexterm lang="en">
                  <primary>startup applications</primary>
                  <secondary>session-managed</secondary>
                </indexterm>
                <para lang="en">Select this
option if you want the session manager to save the current state of your session.
The session manager saves the session-managed applications that are open,
and the settings associated with the session-managed applications. The next
time that you start a session, the applications start automatically, with
the saved settings.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustsession-12"><info><title lang="en">Configuring Startup Applications</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>startup applications</primary>
        <secondary>non-session-managed</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel>
tabbed section of the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool
to specify non-session-managed <firstterm>startup applications</firstterm>.
Startup applications are applications that start automatically when you start
a session. You specify the commands that run the non-session-managed applications
in the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel> tabbed section. The commands
execute automatically when you log in.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can also start session-managed applications automatically. For more
information, see <xref linkend="goscustsession-16"/>.</para>
      <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscustsession-TBL-19"/> lists the startup applications
preferences that you can modify.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustsession-TBL-19"><info><title lang="en">Startup Programs Preferences</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2">
          <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="18.86*"/>
          <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="47.14*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colname="col1" colsep="0">
                <para lang="en">Dialog Element</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="col2" colsep="0">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="col1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel> Additional startup programs</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="col2" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use this table to manage non-session-managed
startup applications as follows:</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">To add a startup application, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>New Startup Program</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Enter the name of the application in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. Then enter the command to start the application in the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> field. You can also specify a comment in the <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> field</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">To edit a startup application, select the startup application,
then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Edit Startup
Program</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Use the dialog to modify the command
and the startup order for the startup application.</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">To delete a startup application, select the startup application,
then click on the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button.</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>
  </section>
</section>
</chapter>    <!-- Preferences -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" version="5.0" xml:id="mate-dconf" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Desktop Settings Storage</title></info>

  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">
      This chapter describes how are your MATE desktop settings stored,
      and how to retrieve or modify them using the <command>dconf</command>
      or <command>gsettings</command> command line tools, or the
      <application>Dconf Editor</application> GUI application.
    </para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="mate-dconf-intro"><info><title>Uvod</title></info>
    <para lang="en">
      The settings of your MATE desktop are managed and stored by
      <application>dconf</application>, which is a key-based configuration system
      for hardware and software configurations.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>dconf</application> uses several database files in GVDB binary format, one database per file.
      A dconf profile consists of a single file, in plain text format, which contains a list of database files in GVDB format.
      All dconf profiles are stored in the <filename class="directory">/etc/dconf/profile</filename> folder.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      In most systems, there is no dconf profile file since they only use the default database, user.db which is stored in ~/.config/dconf/user. In such case, there is no system-wide setting, i.e. users just have their own settings.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      Example of content for the user profile (/etc/dconf/profile/user file):
    </para>

<literallayout lang="en">user-db: user
system-db: local
system-db: site
system-db: distro</literallayout>

    <para lang="en">
      The previous dconf profile contains 4 GVDB files, one per line.
    </para>

    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><database class="name">user</database> is the name of the user's databases. They are usually located in the <filename class="directory">~/.config/dconf</filename> folder</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><database class="name">local</database>, <database class="name">site</database> and <database class="name">distro</database> are system databases. They are usually located in the <filename class="directory">/etc/dconf/db</filename> folder</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">
      Each one of these databases store key-value pairs using a hash map data structure, which can map string keys to GVariant values in a way that is extremely efficient for lookups.
      The lookup preference is determined by the order of appearance in the dconf profile file, user's databases have the highest preference in the previous dconf profile example.
      The keys from multiple configuration sources coexist in a logical tree structure. MATE Desktop key-value hashmap entries are under the /org/mate logical node, which are usually stored in user's databases.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:dconf(7)"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information about the dconf configuration system.</para>
    </note>

  <section xml:id="mate-dconf-one-read"><info><title lang="en">To read the value of a dconf key</title></info>
    

    <para lang="en">
      The value of a dconf key can be read using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> command line tools, or the <application>Dconf Editor</application> GUI application.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      This section shows how to read the background picture of your MATE desktop, this values is stored in the dconf key:
    </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">
      The following figure displays the full path to this dconf key. Note that the other directories have not been expanded, or they have been removed, and only are showed the keys for dconf directory:
    </para>

    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <figure xml:id="dconf-logical-full-bakgroud-keys-fig"><info><title lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/ dconf directory</title></info>
       
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/org_mate_desktop_background_logical_view.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Figure showing the contents of /org/mate/desktop/background/ dconf directory.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      You can read the value of a dconf key:
    </para>

    <section xml:id="read-key-dconf-using-dconf-editor"><info><title lang="en">Using the dconf-editor GUI application</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To show the value of a dconf key using the <application>Dconf Editor</application> application, perform the following steps:
      </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>dconf Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the folders to get the full path to the dconf directory.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

      <figure><info><title lang="en">Dconf-Editor showing the value of /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename key</title></info>
        
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/picture_filename_dconf_key_view.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Dconf-Editor showing the value of /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename key</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="read-key-dconf-using-dconf"><info><title lang="en">Using the dconf command line tool</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To read the value of a dconf key using the <command>dconf</command> command line tool, run the following command:
      </para>
      <screen lang="en">$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename
'/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Dark.png'</screen>
      <para lang="en">
        Synopsis:
      </para>
      <synopsis lang="en">dconf read [-d] KEY</synopsis>
      <para lang="en">
        Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:dconf"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>dconf</command> command line tool.
      </para>
      <tip><para lang="en">You can use the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key to auto complete the path to the dconf key. </para></tip>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="read-key-dconf-using-gsettings"><info><title lang="en">Using the gsettings command line tool</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To read the value of a dconf key using the <command>gsettings</command> command line tool, run the following command:
      </para>
      <screen lang="en">$ gsettings get org.mate.background picture-filename
'/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Dark.png'</screen>
      <para lang="en">
        Synopsis:
      </para>
      <synopsis lang="en">gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] get SCHEMA[:PATH] KEY</synopsis>
      <para lang="en">
        Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:gsettings"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>gsettings</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>gsettings</command> command line tool.
      </para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="mate-dconf-one-change"><info><title lang="en">To change the value of a dconf key</title></info>
    

    <para lang="en">
      The value of a dconf key can be modified using the <command>dconf</command> command or the <application>Dconf Editor</application> application.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      This section shows how to change the background picture of your MATE desktop, this values is stored in the dconf key:
    </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">
      The following figure displays the full path to this dconf key. Note that the other directories have not been expanded, or they have been removed, and only are showed the keys for dconf directory:
    </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <figure xml:id="dconf-logical-short-bakgroud-keys-fig"><info><title lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/ dconf directory</title></info>
      
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/org_mate_desktop_background_only_logical_view.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Figure showing the contents of /org/mate/desktop/background/ dconf directory.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      You can mofify the value of a dconf key:
    </para>

    <section xml:id="modify-key-dconf-using-dconf-editor"><info><title lang="en">Using the dconf-editor GUI application</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To edit the background picture of your MATE desktop in <application>Dconf Editor</application>, perform the following steps:
      </para>

      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>dconf Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the folders to get the full path to the dconf directory, and then click on the dconf key to edit its value.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
           <para lang="en">Enter the new value in <guilabel>Custom value</guilabel> text box.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
           <para lang="en">Click on the Check mark button to apply the change.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

      <figure><info><title lang="en">Editing the value of /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename key in Dconf-Editor dialog</title></info>
        
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/picture_filename_dconf_key_edit.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Editing the value of /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename key in Dconf-Editor dialog</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="modify-key-dconf-using-dconf"><info><title lang="en">Using the dconf command line tool</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To change the background picture of your MATE desktop, run the following command:
      </para>
      <screen lang="en">$ dconf write /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename \
"'/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Light.png'"</screen>
      <para lang="en">
        Synopsis:
      </para>
      <synopsis lang="en">dconf write KEY VALUE</synopsis>
      <para lang="en">
        Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:dconf"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>dconf</command>.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="modify-key-dconf-using-gsettings"><info><title lang="en">Using the gsettings command line tool</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To change the background picture of your MATE desktop, run the following command:
      </para>
      <screen lang="en">$ gsettings set org.mate.background picture-filename \
"'/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Light.png'"</screen>
      <para lang="en">
        Synopsis:
      </para>
      <synopsis lang="en">gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] set SCHEMA[:PATH] KEY VALUE</synopsis>
      <para lang="en">
        Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:gsettings"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>gsettings</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>dconf</command>.
      </para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="mate-dconf-some-changes"><info><title lang="en">To change the value of several dconf keys</title></info>
    

    <para lang="en">
      To change the value of several dconf keys at the same time, perform the following steps:
    </para>
    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Dump the contents of a dconf directory to a new plain text file:</para>
        <screen lang="en">$ dconf dump /org/mate/desktop/background/ &gt; file.dconf</screen>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Make changes in the plain text file</para>
<literallayout lang="en">[/]
color-shading-type='vertical-gradient'
primary-color='rgb(88,145,188)'
picture-options='zoom'
picture-filename='/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Light.png'
secondary-color='rgb(60,143,37)'
</literallayout>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Load the contents of the plain text file to a dconf directory</para>
        <screen lang="en">$ dconf load /org/mate/desktop/background/ &lt; file.dconf</screen>
      </listitem>
    </orderedlist>
    <tip><para lang="en">You can also dump/load several directories at once, e.g. to back up and restore all configurations of your MATE desktop:</para>
        <screen lang="en">$ dconf dump /org/mate/ &gt; backup.dconf
$ dconf load /org/mate/ &lt; backup.dconf</screen>
    </tip>

    <para lang="en">
      Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:dconf"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>dconf</command> command line tool.
    </para>

  </section>

  </section>

  <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" version="5.0" its:version="2.0" xml:id="mate-dconf-list" xml:lang="en">
  <info>
    <title lang="en">List of Dconf Keys of MATE Desktop</title>
  </info>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.accessibility-keyboard">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.accessibility-keyboard</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">feature-state-change-beep</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/feature-state-change-beep
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard feature-state-change-beep</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">timeout-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/timeout-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard timeout-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">timeout</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/timeout
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard timeout</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bouncekeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/bouncekeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard bouncekeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bouncekeys-delay</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Ignore multiple presses of the _same_ key within @delay milliseconds.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/bouncekeys-delay
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard bouncekeys-delay</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bouncekeys-beep-reject</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/bouncekeys-beep-reject
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard bouncekeys-beep-reject</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mousekeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/mousekeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard mousekeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mousekeys-max-speed</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) How many pixels per second to move at the maximum speed.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/mousekeys-max-speed
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard mousekeys-max-speed</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mousekeys-accel-time</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) How many milliseconds it takes to go from 0 to maximum speed.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/mousekeys-accel-time
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard mousekeys-accel-time</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mousekeys-init-delay</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) How many milliseconds to wait before mouse movement keys start to operate.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/mousekeys-init-delay
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard mousekeys-init-delay</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-delay</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Do not accept a key as being pressed unless held for @delay milliseconds.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-delay
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-delay</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-beep-press</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-beep-press
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-beep-press</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-beep-accept</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-beep-accept
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-beep-accept</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-beep-reject</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-beep-reject
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-beep-reject</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">stickykeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/stickykeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard stickykeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">stickykeys-latch-to-lock</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Latch modifiers when pressed twice in a row until the same modifier is pressed again.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/stickykeys-latch-to-lock
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard stickykeys-latch-to-lock</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">stickykeys-two-key-off</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Disable if two keys are pressed at the same time.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/stickykeys-two-key-off
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard stickykeys-two-key-off</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">stickykeys-modifier-beep</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Beep when a modifier is pressed.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/stickykeys-modifier-beep
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard stickykeys-modifier-beep</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">togglekeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/togglekeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard togglekeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.accessibility-startup">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/startup/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/startup/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.accessibility-startup</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec-ats</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(as) List of assistive technology applications to start when logging into the MATE desktop.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/startup/exec-ats
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-startup exec-ats</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-at-mobility">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/mobility/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/mobility/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-at-mobility</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Preferred Mobility assistive technology application to be used for login, menu, or command line.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/mobility/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-at-mobility exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">startup</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) MATE to start preferred Mobility assistive technology application during login.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/mobility/startup
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-at-mobility startup</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-at-visual">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/visual/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/visual/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-at-visual</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Preferred Visual assistive technology application to be used for login, menu, or command line.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/visual/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-at-visual exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">startup</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) MATE to start preferred Visual assistive technology application during login.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/visual/startup
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-at-visual startup</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-browser">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-browser</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Default browser for all URLs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-browser exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">needs-term</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the default browser needs a terminal to run.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/needs-term
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-browser needs-term</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">nremote</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the default browser understands netscape remote.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/nremote
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-browser nremote</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-calculator">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/calculator/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/calculator/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-calculator</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Calculator program to use when starting applications that require one.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/calculator/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-calculator exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-office.calendar">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/calendar/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/calendar/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-office.calendar</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Default calendar application</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/calendar/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-office.calendar exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">needs-term</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the default calendar application needs a terminal to run</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/calendar/needs-term
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-office.calendar needs-term</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-office.tasks">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/tasks/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/tasks/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-office.tasks</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Default tasks application</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/tasks/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-office.tasks exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">needs-term</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the default tasks application needs a terminal to run</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/tasks/needs-term
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-office.tasks needs-term</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-terminal">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/terminal/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/terminal/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-terminal</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Terminal program to use when starting applications that require one.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/terminal/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-terminal exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec-arg</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Argument used to execute programs in the terminal defined by the 'exec' key.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/terminal/exec-arg
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-terminal exec-arg</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.background">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/background/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/background/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.background</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">draw-background</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Have MATE draw the desktop background.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/draw-background
$ gsettings get org.mate.background draw-background</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">show-desktop-icons</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Have MATE file manager (Caja) draw the desktop icons.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/show-desktop-icons
$ gsettings get org.mate.background show-desktop-icons</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">background-fade</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) If set to true, then MATE will change the desktop background with a fading effect.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/background-fade
$ gsettings get org.mate.background background-fade</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">picture-options</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">() Determines how the image set by wallpaper_filename is rendered.  Possible values are "wallpaper", "centered", "scaled", "stretched", "zoom", "spanned".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-options
$ gsettings get org.mate.background picture-options</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">picture-filename</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) File to use for the background image.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename
$ gsettings get org.mate.background picture-filename</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">picture-opacity</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Opacity with which to draw the background picture.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-opacity
$ gsettings get org.mate.background picture-opacity</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">primary-color</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/primary-color
$ gsettings get org.mate.background primary-color</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">secondary-color</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/secondary-color
$ gsettings get org.mate.background secondary-color</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">color-shading-type</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">() How to shade the background color. Possible values are "horizontal-gradient", "vertical-gradient", and "solid".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/color-shading-type
$ gsettings get org.mate.background color-shading-type</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.debug">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/debug/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/debug/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.debug</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">caja</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/caja
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug caja</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">marco</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/marco
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug marco</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mate-session</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/mate-session
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug mate-session</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mate-settings-daemon</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/mate-settings-daemon
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug mate-settings-daemon</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mate-panel</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/mate-panel
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug mate-panel</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.file-views">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/file-views/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/file-views/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.file-views</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">icon-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Theme used for displaying file icons.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/file-views/icon-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.file-views icon-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.interface">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/interface/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/interface/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.interface</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">accessibility</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether Applications should have accessibility support.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/accessibility
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface accessibility</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">enable-animations</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether animations should be displayed. Note: This is a global key, it changes the behaviour of the window manager, the panel etc.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/enable-animations
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface enable-animations</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">menus-have-tearoff</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether menus should have a tearoff.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/menus-have-tearoff
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface menus-have-tearoff</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">toolbar-style</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Toolbar Style. Valid values are "both", "both-horiz", "icons", and "text".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/toolbar-style
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface toolbar-style</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">menus-have-icons</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether menus may display an icon next to a menu entry.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/menus-have-icons
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface menus-have-icons</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">buttons-have-icons</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether buttons may display an icon in addition to the button text.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/buttons-have-icons
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface buttons-have-icons</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">menubar-detachable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the user can detach menubars and move them around.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/menubar-detachable
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface menubar-detachable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">toolbar-detachable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the user can detach toolbars and move them around.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/toolbar-detachable
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface toolbar-detachable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">toolbar-icons-size</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Size of icons in toolbars, either "small-toolbar" or "large-toolbar".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/toolbar-icons-size
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface toolbar-icons-size</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">cursor-blink</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the cursor should blink.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/cursor-blink
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface cursor-blink</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">cursor-blink-time</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/cursor-blink-time
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface cursor-blink-time</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">icon-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Icon theme to use for the panel, Caja etc.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/icon-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface icon-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Basename of the default theme used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-key-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Basename of the default theme used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-key-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-key-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-color-scheme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) A '\n' separated list of "name:color" as defined by the 'gtk-color-scheme' setting</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-color-scheme
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-color-scheme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">font-name</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the default font used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/font-name
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface font-name</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-im-preedit-style</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the GTK+ input method Preedit Style used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-im-preedit-style
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-im-preedit-style</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-im-status-style</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the GTK+ input method Status Style used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-im-status-style
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-im-status-style</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-im-module</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the input method module used by GTK+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-im-module
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-im-module</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-dialogs-use-header</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether builtin GTK+ dialogs such as the file chooser, the color chooser or the font chooser will use a header bar at the top to show action widgets, or an action area at the bottom. This setting does not affect custom dialogs using GtkDialog directly, or message dialogs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-dialogs-use-header
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-dialogs-use-header</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-overlay-scrolling</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether built-in GTK+ scrolled windows will use overlay scrolling. Overlay scrolling hides and reduces the size of the scrollbar until it gets focus.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-overlay-scrolling
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-overlay-scrolling</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-enable-animations</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-enable-animations
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-enable-animations</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">document-font-name</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the default font used for reading documents.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/document-font-name
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface document-font-name</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">monospace-font-name</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of a monospaced (fixed-width) font for use in locations like terminals.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/monospace-font-name
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface monospace-font-name</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">use-custom-font</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to use a custom font in gtk+ applications.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/use-custom-font
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface use-custom-font</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">status-bar-meter-on-right</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to display a status bar meter on the right.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/status-bar-meter-on-right
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface status-bar-meter-on-right</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">file-chooser-backend</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Module to use as the filesystem model for the GtkFileChooser widget.  Possible values are "gio" and "gtk+".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/file-chooser-backend
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface file-chooser-backend</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">menubar-accel</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Keyboard shortcut to open the menus.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/menubar-accel
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface menubar-accel</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">show-input-method-menu</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the context menus of entries and text views  should offer to change the input method.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/show-input-method-menu
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface show-input-method-menu</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">show-unicode-menu</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the context menus of entries and text views  should offer to insert control characters.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/show-unicode-menu
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface show-unicode-menu</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-decoration-layout</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) This setting determines which buttons should be put in the titlebar of client-side decorated windows, and whether they should be placed at the left of right. See https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSettings.html#GtkSettings--gtk-decoration-layout.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-decoration-layout
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-decoration-layout</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-shell-shows-app-menu</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b)  This setting determines where application menu will be displayed - in a window or on a panel with MenuModel protocol. See https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSettings.html#GtkSettings--gtk-shell-shows-app-menu.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-shell-shows-app-menu
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-shell-shows-app-menu</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-shell-shows-menubar</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b)  This setting determines where window menubars will be displayed - in a window or on a panel with MenuModel protocol. See https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSettings.html#GtkSettings--gtk-shell-shows-menubar.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-shell-shows-menubar
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-shell-shows-menubar</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">automatic-mnemonics</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user presses the Alt key.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/automatic-mnemonics
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface automatic-mnemonics</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">window-scaling-factor</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) This controls the GTK scale factor that maps from window coordinates to the actual device pixels. On traditional systems this is 1, but on very high density displays (e.g. HiDPI, Retina) this can be a higher value (often 2). Set to 0 to auto-detect.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/window-scaling-factor
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface window-scaling-factor</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">window-scaling-factor-qt-sync</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) This setting determines whether MATE controls the scale factor for QT applications. Enable to synchronize with the GTK scale factor when initializing the session, disable to control this value elsewhere. Requires restarting your session.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/window-scaling-factor-qt-sync
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface window-scaling-factor-qt-sync</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-enable-primary-paste</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) 
        If true, gtk+ uses the primary paste selection, usually triggered by a middle mouse button click.
      </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-enable-primary-paste
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-enable-primary-paste</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.lockdown">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.lockdown</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-command-line</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's "Run Application" dialog.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-command-line
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-command-line</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-save-to-disk</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Save as" dialogs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-save-to-disk
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-save-to-disk</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-printing</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print" dialogs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-printing
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-printing</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-print-setup</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print Setup" dialogs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-print-setup
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-print-setup</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-user-switching</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from switching to another account while his session is active.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-user-switching
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-user-switching</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-lock-screen</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from locking the screen.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-lock-screen
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-lock-screen</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-application-handlers</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent running any URL or MIME type handler applications.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-application-handlers
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-application-handlers</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-theme-settings</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from changing theme settings.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-theme-settings
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-theme-settings</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-log-out</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from logging out.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-log-out
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-log-out</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.peripherals-keyboard">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.peripherals-keyboard</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">repeat</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/repeat
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard repeat</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">click</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/click
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard click</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">rate</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/rate
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard rate</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">delay</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/delay
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard delay</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">click-volume</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/click-volume
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard click-volume</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bell-mode</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) possible values are "on", "off", and "custom".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/bell-mode
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard bell-mode</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bell-pitch</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/bell-pitch
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard bell-pitch</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bell-duration</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/bell-duration
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard bell-duration</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bell-custom-file</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) File name of the bell sound to be played.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/bell-custom-file
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard bell-custom-file</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">remember-numlock-state</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) When set to true, MATE will remember the state of the NumLock LED between sessions.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/remember-numlock-state
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard remember-numlock-state</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">numlock-state</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">() The remembered state of the NumLock LED.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/numlock-state
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard numlock-state</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.peripherals-mouse">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.peripherals-mouse</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">left-handed</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Swap left and right mouse buttons for left-handed mice.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/left-handed
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse left-handed</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">motion-acceleration</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(d) Acceleration multiplier for mouse motion.  A value of -1 is the system default.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/motion-acceleration
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse motion-acceleration</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">motion-threshold</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Distance in pixels the pointer must move before accelerated mouse motion is activated.  A value of -1 is the system default.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/motion-threshold
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse motion-threshold</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">drag-threshold</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Distance before a drag is started.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/drag-threshold
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse drag-threshold</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">double-click</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Length of a double click.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/double-click
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse double-click</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">middle-button-enabled</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Enables middle mouse button emulation through simultaneous left and right button click.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/middle-button-enabled
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse middle-button-enabled</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">locate-pointer</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Highlights the current location of the pointer when the Control key is pressed and released.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/locate-pointer
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse locate-pointer</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">cursor-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Cursor theme name.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/cursor-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse cursor-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">cursor-size</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Size of the cursor referenced by cursor_theme.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/cursor-size
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse cursor-size</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.sound">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/sound/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/sound/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.sound</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">default-mixer-device</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) The default mixer device used by the multimedia key bindings.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/default-mixer-device
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound default-mixer-device</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">default-mixer-tracks</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(as) The default mixer tracks used by the multimedia key bindings.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/default-mixer-tracks
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound default-mixer-tracks</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">enable-esd</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Enable sound server startup.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/enable-esd
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound enable-esd</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">event-sounds</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to play sounds on user events.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/event-sounds
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound event-sounds</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">theme-name</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) The XDG sound theme to use for event sounds.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/theme-name
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound theme-name</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">input-feedback-sounds</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to play sounds on input events.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/input-feedback-sounds
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound input-feedback-sounds</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.thumbnail-cache">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/thumbnail-cache/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/thumbnail-cache/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.thumbnail-cache</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">maximum-age</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Maximum age for thumbnails in the cache, in days. Set to -1 to disable cleaning.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/thumbnail-cache/maximum-age
$ gsettings get org.mate.thumbnail-cache maximum-age</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">maximum-size</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Maximum size of the thumbnail cache, in megabytes. Set to -1 to disable cleaning.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/thumbnail-cache/maximum-size
$ gsettings get org.mate.thumbnail-cache maximum-size</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.thumbnailers">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/thumbnailers/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/thumbnailers/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.thumbnailers</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-all</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Set to true to disable all external thumbnailer programs, independent on whether they are independently disabled/enabled.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/thumbnailers/disable-all
$ gsettings get org.mate.thumbnailers disable-all</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(as) Thumbnails will not be created for files whose mime-type is contained in the list.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/thumbnailers/disable
$ gsettings get org.mate.thumbnailers disable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.typing-break">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.typing-break</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">type-time</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Number of minutes of typing time before break mode starts.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/type-time
$ gsettings get org.mate.typing-break type-time</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">break-time</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Number of minutes that the typing break should last.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/break-time
$ gsettings get org.mate.typing-break break-time</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">allow-postpone</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether or not the typing break screen can be postponed.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/allow-postpone
$ gsettings get org.mate.typing-break allow-postpone</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">enabled</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether or not keyboard locking is enabled.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/enabled
$ gsettings get org.mate.typing-break enabled</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
</section>   <!-- List of dconf keys -->

</chapter>       <!-- dconf -->
  <glossary xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="glossary-1" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>Rječnik</title></info>
  
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-6">
    <glossterm>programčić</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">An applet is a small, interactive application that resides
within a panel, for example the <application>Volume Control</application>. Each
applet has a simple user interface that you can operate with the mouse or
keyboard. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-40">
    <glossterm>radna površina</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">The part of the MATE Desktop where there are no interface
graphical items, such as panels and windows.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-31">
    <glossterm lang="en">desktop background</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">The image or color that is applied to your desktop. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-9">
    <glossterm lang="en">desktop object</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">An icon on your desktop that you can use to open your files,
folders, and applications. You can use desktop objects to provide convenient
access to files, folders, and applications that you use frequently.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-20">
    <glossterm lang="en">DNS name</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A unique alphabetic identifier for a computer on a network.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-8">
    <glossterm lang="en">drawer</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A drawer is a sliding extension to a panel that you can open
or close from a drawer icon. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-fileextension">
    <glossterm lang="en">file extension</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">The final portion of a file's name, after the last period (.) in the name. For example, the file extension of the file <filename>picture.jpeg</filename> is <filename>jpeg</filename>.</para>
      <para lang="en">The file extension can identify the type of file. <application>Caja</application> file manager uses this information when to determine what to do when you open a file. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-open-file"/>.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-23">
    <glossterm lang="en">format</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">To format media is to prepare the media for use with a particular
file system. When you format media, you overwrite any existing information
on the media. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-10">
    <glossterm lang="en">MATE-compliant application</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">An application that uses the standard MATE programming libraries
is called a MATE-compliant application. For example, <application>Caja</application> file manager and <application>pluma</application> text editor
are MATE-compliant applications.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-21">
    <glossterm lang="en">IP address</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A unique numeric identifier for a computer on a network.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-25">
    <glossterm lang="en">keyboard shortcut</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination
of keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an action. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-3">
    <glossterm lang="en">launcher</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A launcher starts a particular application, executes a command,
or opens a file. A launcher can reside in a panel or in a menu.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-11">
    <glossterm lang="en">menubar</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A menubar is a bar at the top of an application window that
contains the menus for the application. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-27">
    <glossterm lang="en">MIME type</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type identifies
the format of a file. The MIME type enables applications to read the file.
For example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal>
MIME type to detect that a Portable Networks Graphic (PNG) file is attached
to an email.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-24">
    <glossterm lang="en">mount</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">To mount is to make a file system available for access. When
you mount a file system, the file system is attached as a subdirectory to
your file system. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-4">
    <glossterm lang="en">pane</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A pane is a subdivision of a window. For example, the <application>Caja</application> window contains a side pane and a view pane. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-2">
    <glossterm lang="en">preference tool</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A dedicated software tool that controls a particular part
of the behavior of the MATE Desktop.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-5">
    <glossterm lang="en">shortcut keys</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">Shortcut keys are keystrokes that provide a quick way to perform
an action. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-15">
    <glossterm lang="en">stacking order</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">The stacking order is the order in which windows are stacked
on top of each other on your screen. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-13">
    <glossterm lang="en">statusbar</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A statusbar is a bar at the bottom of a window that provides
information about the current state of what you are viewing in the window. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-28">
    <glossterm lang="en">symbolic link</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A special type of file that points to another file or folder.
When you perform an action on a symbolic link, the action is performed on
the file or folder to which the symbolic link points. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-12">
    <glossterm lang="en">toolbar</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A toolbar is a bar that contains buttons for the most commonly-used
commands in an application. Typically, a toolbar appears under a menubar.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-29">
    <glossterm lang="en">Uniform Resource Identifier</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a string that identifies
a particular location in a file system or on the Web. For example, the address
of a web page is a URI.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-19">
    <glossterm lang="en">Uniform Resource Locator</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the address of a particular
location on the Web.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-16">
    <glossterm lang="en">view</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A <application>Caja</application> component that enables
you to display a folder in a particular way. For example, <application>Caja</application> contains an icon view which enables you to display the contents
of a folder as icons. <application>Caja</application> also contains a
list view which enables you to display the contents of a folder as a list. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-7">
    <glossterm lang="en">workspace</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A workspace is a discrete area in the MATE Desktop in which
you can work. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
</glossary>       <!-- Glossary -->
  <appendix xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="feedback" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>Povratne informacije</title></info>
    
    <para lang="en">This section contains information on reporting bugs in MATE, making suggestions and comments about MATE applications or documentation, and ways in which you can help MATE.</para>

    <section xml:id="feedback-bugs"><info><title lang="en">Reporting Bugs</title></info>
      <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from mate-desktop/desktop-docs/mate-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->
      <para lang="en">
     If you have found a bug in a MATE application, please
   report it! Developers do read all the bug reports and try to fix
   these bugs. Please try to be as specific as possible when
   describing the circumstances under which the bug shows (What
   commands did you enter? Which buttons did you click?). If there were any
   error messages, be sure to include them, too.  
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
	The easiest way to report bugs is by connecting to the <link xlink:href="https://github.com/mate-desktop/">MATE bug tracking
	database</link>, where you can also browse the list of known bugs. You will need to register before you can submit any bugs this way. 
      </para>
      
      <para lang="en">
	Please note that some of MATE applications are developed outside of MATE, or by
	commercial companies (these products are still free
	software). For example, <application>blueman</application>, a
	bluetooth application, is developed at <link xlink:href="https://github.com/blueman-project/blueman/">GitHub</link>. Bug reports and
	comments about these products should be directed to the
	respective organization or company.
	</para>

    </section>

    <section xml:id="feedback-wishlist"><info><title lang="en">Suggestions and Comments</title></info> 
      <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from mate-desktop/desktop-docs/mate-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->      
      <para lang="en"> 
	If you have a suggestion or want to request a new feature for
      one of the applications, it can also be done using the bug
      tracking database. Submit your suggestion as a bug report as
      described in <xref linkend="feedback-bugs"/> and at the appropriate
      step select <guilabel>Severity: Enhancement</guilabel>. 
      </para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="feedback-docs"><info><title lang="en">Documentation Comments</title></info>
      <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from mate-desktop/desktop-docs/mate-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->      
      <para lang="en"> If you found an inaccuracy or misprint in one of MATE
	documents, or have any comments or suggestions about
	documentation, please let us know! The easiest way of doing so
	is by submitting a bug report as explained before and
	selecting <guilabel>Component: docs</guilabel> at appropriate
	steps (or <guilabel>general</guilabel> if there is no
	<guilabel>docs</guilabel> component). If your comment is about
	general MATE documentation (such as <citetitle>MATE Users
	Guide</citetitle>) rather than specific application manual,
	select <guilabel>Product: mate-user-docs</guilabel>.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Alternatively, you can just send your comments by email to the
	<link xlink:href="http://ml.mate-desktop.org/listinfo">MATE
	Documentation Project</link> mailing list.
      </para>
    </section>
    <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: end of old material -->

    <section xml:id="joinmate"><info><title lang="en">Joining the MATE Project</title></info>
      <para lang="en">We hope you enjoy using MATE and that you find working with MATE productive. However, there is always room for improvement.</para>
      <para lang="en">MATE invites you to join our free software community if you have some spare time. There are many different fields. MATE needs programmers, but it also needs translators, documentation writers, testers, artists, writers, and more.</para>
      <para lang="en">For more information on how you can get in touch with our community, please visit <link xlink:href="https://mate-desktop.org/community/">https://mate-desktop.org/community/</link>.</para>
      <para lang="en">You are always welcome to make pull requests at our <link xlink:href="https://github.com/mate-desktop">GitHub</link> repo.</para>
      <para lang="en">For more information on giving feedback on MATE, such as bug reports, suggestions, and corrections to documentation, see <xref linkend="feedback-bugs"/>.</para>
    </section>
  </appendix>    <!-- Feedback -->

</book>
